FRETTER INC
10-K, 1995-05-01
RADIO, TV & CONSUMER ELECTRONICS STORES
Previous: SIGMA DESIGNS INC, 10-K, 1995-05-01
Next: ALOETTE COSMETICS INC, 10KSB/A, 1995-05-01



<PAGE>   1

                                   FORM 10-K
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

(Mark One)

[ X ]    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)
         For the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995
                                      OR
[   ]    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)
         For the transition period from__________ to __________

                         Commission file number 0-14611

                                 FRETTER, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

         MICHIGAN                                          38-1557359
  (State of Incorporation)                     (IRS Employer Identification No.)

                              12501 GRAND RIVER
                          BRIGHTON, MICHIGAN  48116
                                (810) 220-5000
        (Address of principal executive offices and telephone number)
                                      
         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                     NONE
                                      
         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                         COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE


                 Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                              Yes__X__      No_____

                 Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-4 is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [   ]

                 As of April 22, 1995, the aggregate market value of the
Registrant's voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant was
approximately $5,970,116 computed by reference to the closing sales price on
such date as reported on NASDAQ NMS.

                 As of April 22, 1995, there were 10,577,392 shares of the
Registrant's common stock issued and outstanding.
<PAGE>   2

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         The registrant's proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to be held on June 21, 1995 which will be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the close of the registrant's fiscal year, is
incorporated by reference in answer to Part III of this report to the extent
noted herein.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

         The Company is a large volume specialty retailer of home entertainment
products, consumer electronics and appliances.  The Company currently operates
a total of 237 retail stores in 22 states under various trade names: (a) 45
retail stores under the name of Fretter, Inc. in Massachusetts, Michigan, New
Hampshire and Ohio; (b) 137 retail stores under the name of "Silo" and 14
retail stores under the name of "Yes! Your Electronics Store" through its
wholly-owned subsidiary Silo Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries in Arizona,
California, Washington, Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Nevada, New
Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas and Utah; (c) 22
retail stores under the name of and through its wholly-owned subsidiary  Fred
Schmid Appliance & TV Co. ("Schmid") in Colorado, Montana and Wyoming; and (d)
19 retail automotive electronic stores under the name of and through its
wholly-owned subsidiary Dash Concepts in Indiana, Michigan and Ohio.  Unless
otherwise indicated, all references to the Company refer to Fretter, Inc.
("Fretter"), and collectively its predecessors and subsidiaries.

         In March 1990, the Company formed two subsidiaries: Fretter Finance,
Inc. and Fretter Auto Sound, Inc. d/b/a Dash Concepts.  The former subsidiary
was established to facilitate collection of commissions attributable to credit
life and disability insurance policies purchased by the Company's customers in
conjunction with their product purchases. The latter subsidiary was formed to
perform installations of automobile stereos, cellular telephones and alarm
systems in the Company's customers' automobiles. This latter subsidiary also
sells products similar to products otherwise sold by the Company with emphasis
upon higher end automobile electronic products, and in substantially smaller
retail stores than typical Fretter stores.

         On September 30, 1991, Fretter Acquisition Company, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Fretter formed in August 1991, acquired from the
Fred Schmid Appliance & TV Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan all the 
outstanding shares of Schmid.  The Schmid acquisition purchase price of 
$1,020,000 was accounted for using the purchase method.
<PAGE>   3

         In December 1993, in a transaction accounted for as a purchase,
Fretter acquired all of the outstanding shares of Dixons U.S. Holdings, Inc.
("DUS") from Dixons America Holdings, Inc. ("DAH").  The ultimate parent of DAH
is Dixons Group plc, a public limited company ("Dixons"), which (through
subsidiaries) is the largest consumer electronics retailer in the United
Kingdom and is a public company listed on the London Stock Exchange.  In
exchange for the DUS shares, Fretter issued 3,164,804 shares of Common Stock,
3,000,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, and 1,500,000 shares
of Preferred Stock, Series B, to DAH.  Immediately prior to the acquisition,
Gabrielle Co. (a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) was
merged into Fretter, and as a result shareholders on that date were entitled to
receive $3.00 in exchange for each .49 of each share of Fretter Common Stock
owned, and retained the remaining .51 of each share.  As a result of
this acquisition, the Company increased its total stores (inclusive of Fretter,
Fred Schmid and Dash Concepts stores) from 102 to 237 stores (after giving
effect to store closures contemplated as part of the overall combination) and
increased its total revenues from $361 million for Fiscal year ended January
31, 1993 to 858,849,000 for Fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.

MARKETING STRATEGY

         The Company's marketing strategy is based on building customer
satisfaction and loyalty by endeavoring to provide (1) the lowest prices
available in its market areas; (2) a broad range of quality, brand name
products and models; (3) spacious stores that convey the impression of depth of
product selection in key product categories and which stores are in most cases
located near large regional shopping malls; (4) specially trained sales
personnel, and (5) a high standard of after-purchase customer satisfaction
through a combination of a liberal return policy and service performed by
in-house service employees for certain products in certain markets and
independently-owned service companies for other products and in other markets.

         PRICES.  The Company's strategy is to price merchandise at or below
its competitors' prices.  The Company's retail prices are established by its
merchandising and marketing departments, with review at the regional level, and
with local store authority to beat any price offered by a competitor.

         PRODUCTS.  The Company offers customers an extensive selection
of quality, brand name home entertainment products, consumer electronics and
appliances.

         The table which follows shows the approximate percentage of total
product and service sales for each major product group for each of the last
three fiscal years.  The percentage by product group is affected by promotional
activities, consumer trends, and





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   4

the development and introduction of new products.  Historical percentages may
not be indicative of percentages in future years, and, because gross margins
vary widely among the product groups and among the products within the groups,
the percentages set forth in the table are not necessarily indicative of the
relative contributions to net earnings.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL PRODUCT AND SERVICE SALES(1) FOR
                                                                                   TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    Jan. 31, 1995(2)  Jan. 31, 1994(3)    Jan. 31, 1993
                         <S>                                           <C>                <C>                <C>
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         PRODUCT GROUP
                         Video(4)...............                        35.2%              37.7%             37.2%
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Appliances(5)..........                        30.6%              30.7%             35.6%
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Audio(6)...............                        10.8%              15.2%             10.9%
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Personal Electronics(7)                        17.3%              12.4%             11.1%
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Service Contracts(8)...                         6.1%               4.1%              5.2%
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       100.0%             100.0%             100.0%
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)      Includes net sales, less credit card discounts and net increases to
         deferred service contract revenue.

(2)      Reflects combined Company and DUS sales for all of Fiscal year ended 
         January 31, 1995.

(3)      Reflects Company only sales prior to December11, 1993, and Company and
         DUS (Silo) sales from December 11, 1993 through January 31, 1994.


(4)      Includes, from time to time, color and black-and-white televisions
         (portable, table-top and console), projection televisions, cassette
         recorders, camcorders and related accessories, video enhancement
         devices, tripods, blank video tapes and television stands.


(5)      Includes, from time to time, automatic washers and dryers,
         dishwashers, refrigerators, freezers, ranges, microwave ovens, air
         conditioners, dehumidifiers and trash compactors.


(6)      Includes, from time to time, compact disc players, home stereo
         systems, receivers, speakers, cassette decks, turntables, amplifiers,
         tuners, equalizers, prepackaged audio systems, audio furniture,
         compact music systems, headphones, microphones and cartridges.


(7)      Includes, from time to time, portable tape recorders with and without
         radios, portable radios, car stereo equipment, cellular phones,
         computer hardware and peripherals, personal radios, clock radios,
         conventional telephones, cordless  telephones, telephone answering
         devices, heaters, fans, humidifiers, blank audio tapes, facsimile
         machines, water and air purifiers, car and home alarms, ready to
         assemble furniture and other miscellaneous items.

(8)      See "Customer Relations and Service."

         The Company offers a broad choice of models and price ranges.  Each
store carries a standard inventory of models determined by the Company's
merchandising department, and each store may carry other models depending on
regional customer preferences and store size. Within a typical store, a
customer can choose from a broad spectrum





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   5

of products from many different manufacturers.  New products are added
frequently.

         STORES.  The Company's stores have selling space ranging from
approximately 5,000 to 25,000 square feet.  Most stores are located near one of
the largest regional shopping malls in their respective market areas.
Merchandise is arranged by product category, such as audio, video, appliances,
personal electronic items and home office equipment.  Each store maintains a
full inventory in most product categories, enabling customers in most cases to
take immediate delivery of purchased merchandise, except for certain large
products which are directly distributed from warehouses.  Most of the Company's
stores are open seven days and six nights, every week, including certain
holidays.

         STORE PERSONNEL.  The Company's sales personnel are cross-trained to
sell merchandise from various product categories to better service the
customers.  The Company believes this arrangement creates more professional and
effective sales personnel who are better able to serve customers' needs.
Compensation for sales personnel is primarily in the form of commissions.

         The Company's sales training programs consist of three areas:  (1) new
hiring training, (2) basic sales training with continuing education for
deficient performance and (3) vendor sponsored product training.  The purpose
of the new-hire program is to train newly hired sales personnel in the first
thirty days of employment, with the necessary skills to properly sell the
Company's products, properly serve its customers and to be conscientious
stewards of the Company's assets through proper utilization of the POS (Point
of Sale) systems and procedures.  Newly hired sales personnel spend three days
in classroom training, one day dedicated to basic selling skills, one day to
product knowledge training and one day dedicated to systems and compliance
training. Sales performance is monitored by the training and development
personnel. Sales personnel with performances below established standards for
sales, gross margin and service are given refresher training and are counseled
on their performance.  Vendor training is scheduled in all major markets on a
monthly basis and smaller markets on a bi-monthly basis.  This training allows
the vendors to give specific detailed training on their products as well as
reinforce the general sales skills necessary to sell the generic product line.

         CUSTOMER RELATIONS AND SERVICE.  Virtually all of the products sold by
the Company carry manufacturers' warranties (which usually extend for either 90
days or one year from the date of purchase, depending on the product).  In
addition to these manufacturers' warranties, the Company also offers its
customers extended service contracts under which the customers' products will,
except in the event of misuse or abuse of the products, be repaired for a
period generally ranging from one to five years from the date of purchase for
appliances, televisions, video cassette recorders, video





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   6

cameras, home office, mobile phones and audio products.  A variation of these
extended service contracts is also offered for less expensive personal
electronic items, under which the customers' products will, except in cases of
misuse or abuse of the products, be either repaired, replaced or the purchase
price refunded for a period of one year after purchase.  For fiscal years 1994
and 1995, 4.1% and 6.1%, respectively, of the Company's total product and
service sales was attributable to its extended service contracts.  Prior to
November 1, 1994, such extended service contracts were issued by the Company to
its customers.  Beginning November 1, 1994, the Company instituted a program to
offer for sale to its customers third party service contracts by which an
independent entity issues the Company's customers the extended service contract
sold by the Company's salespersons.

         The Company employs a staff of qualified technicians in several market
areas to service most electronic items it sells.  In addition, the Company
contracts with a network of independently owned service companies employing
qualified technicians to service the products it sells, but does not itself
service.  The Company uses these technicians during the original warranty
period as well as during its own extended service period.  In addition, the
independent issuer of post-November 1, 1994 extended service contracts and the
Company have entered into an agreement by which the Company and its network of
independently owned service companies will, for a fee, service the customers'
products.

         The Company provides in-home service for major appliances and console
televisions in certain major metropolitan areas, both during the period of the
manufacturers' warranty and during the period covered by the extended service
contracts.

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION

         The Company believes that its advertising and promotional activities
have resulted in significant name recognition in each of its marketing areas.
The Company advertises on television and in newspapers.  The Company's
television commercials and print advertisements generally emphasize its every
day low price strategies, expanded high quality brand name selection and
non-price benefits such as rapid delivery service of customers' purchases,
customer service and attention before and after the sale and the Company's
ability to service and repair the products which it sells.  Advertisement
themes are carefully selected to reinforce the Company's foregoing strategies
of every day low prices and offering to customers specific non-price benefits
of purchasing products from the Company.  The Company also promotes the sales
of its products through special event sales such as "Midnight Madness Sales",
"Christmas in July Sales", Presidents' birthday sales, and the like.
Television commercials are produced by an independent advertising agency
working in conjunction with the Company's own





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   7

advertising personnel; and the Company produces its own newspaper
advertisements.

         Advertising costs were approximately $29.0 million in fiscal year
1995.  The Company believes that its substantial advertising expenditures have
a positive impact on its sales and ability to retain and, in some cases,
increase its market share of products sold.

ORGANIZATION AND SALES OPERATIONS

         The Sales Operations department is divided into two segments: National
Sales Operations and Divisional Sales Operations.  The National Sales
Operations area is responsible for all communications, policies, procedures,
compensation and incentives that affect the stores.  In addition, this segment
also controls loss prevention, in-store mobile installation and Dash Concepts
(a 19 store, free standing 12 volt mobile installation business).

         The Divisional Sales Operations segment is divided into two regions,
split geographically: the Eastern Division, headquartered in Brighton, oversees
118 stores; the Western Division, located in Chicago, oversees 119 stores.
Each division's sales team is headed by a Divisional Vice President who is
supported by a Divisional Operations Manager, Divisional Sales Manager,
Divisional Loss Prevention Manager and District Managers.  The District
Managers handle an average of 17 stores and, via their Store Managers, are
responsible for overall sales and operational performance.

         Each store is staffed by a General Manager, an Assistant Manager in
stores with annual sales in excess of $5 million, two to three Sales Managers
and a commissioned Sales Staff.

         The Company believes that this organizational structure provides the
benefits of centralized management coupled with the ability to rapidly adapt to
dynamic regional retail conditions.

DISTRIBUTION

         Most of the Company's merchandise is delivered by suppliers to
Distribution Centers from which shipments are made on a regular basis to each
store in each respective market.  Principal Distribution Centers are located in
the geographical markets of Chicago, Boston, Denver, Detroit, Philadelphia,
Seattle and Phoenix.  The Upstate New York market is serviced by the
Philadelphia Distribution Center and the Salt Lake City market is serviced by
the Phoenix Distribution Center.  The Company's system of major market
distribution facilities is intended to facilitate control over inventory while
ensuring that the inventory is distributed in sufficient proximity to the
stores, both of which help maximize inventory turnover.  In Denver, Company
employees perform the distribution functions.  In all other Distribution





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   8

Centers, the distribution functions are handled by independent warehousing
companies through their own employees.  In general, all transportation of
products from the Distribution Centers to the stores and all deliveries of
merchandise to the  customers are handled by independent trucking companies.
In the Denver and Upstate New York markets, Company employees are used to
provide some home delivery functions.  The Company believes that the use of
independent trucking and labor management companies adds flexibility to its
distribution system and reduces the amount of resources and management time
that the Company is required to devote to the distribution and transportation
functions.

SYSTEMS

         The Company's accounting, purchasing and computer operations are
centralized at its principal offices in Brighton, Michigan.

         The Company' s computer systems are integrated into most major aspects
of the Company's operations, from merchandising, warehousing, and inventory
control to cash and payables management. The Company principally uses IBM
hardware with its own proprietary software.  The Company's data processing
system is "on-line," whereby in conjunction with each sale, a specific entry is
made by the sales associate at the store which feeds directly into the
Company's central computer in Brighton, Michigan.  Upon each sale entry,
inventory is reduced, gross margin, commission, and other data are calculated,
and any unusual transactions are revealed.

         During fiscal year 1993, the Company completed its upgrade of its
central computer system to accommodate the Schmid acquisition stores as well as
new stores added to the existing Fretter stores.  The Company also instituted a
new program to integrate its product service department into the main data
processing system, thus increasing the centralization and availability of
management information, as well as making information from the product service
department available at the retail store level.

         During fiscal year 1994, the Company completed the integration of its
Product Service Department into the main data processing system and prepared
for and began the implementation of a program to enhance its central computer
system to accommodate the DUS acquisition by the Company of the Silo retail
stores.  As of April 15, 1994, this enhancement was complete and all Silo
stores were incorporated into the Company's pre-existing and since enhanced
central computer system.

SUPPLIERS AND PURCHASING

         A substantial portion of the Company's inventory is quality, brand
name, nationally advertised merchandise which the Company purchases directly
from manufacturers and distributors.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   9

         The Company's top ten suppliers (in alphabetical order) during fiscal
year 1995 were General Electric, JVC, Maycor, Packard Bell, Raytheon, Sony,
Thompson, Toshiba, Whirlpool and Zenith.  The Company has not experienced
significant difficulties in obtaining satisfactory sources of supply and its
management believes that sufficient supplies will continue to exist for the
types of products it sells.  However the Company has experienced and may in the
future experience industry - wide spot shortages of particular products due to
market or other conditions.

         The Company believes that it has a good relationship with its
suppliers and that its size and membership in Nationwide Television and
Appliance Associates, Inc. ("Nationwide"), one of the largest national
electronics buying groups in the United States, provides it with substantial
buying power.  The Company is not obligated to make purchases through
Nationwide.

EXPANSION

         The Company's strategy of opening new stores and upgrading existing
stores is designed to improve market penetration by increasing both the overall
number of the Company's stores and the proportion of its stores situated in the
most effective locations and in optimal amounts of space.

         The following table provides a history of the Company's store
portfolio (inclusive of both full-scale consumer electronics and home appliance
stores and the Company's Dash Concepts mobile electronics stores) over the last
three fiscal years ended January 31.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Fiscal year ended
                                                                                January 31,

                                                                    1995             1994           1993
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                                                                    <C>           <C>               <C>
 Number of stores open at beginning 
 of period..........................                                    242             100              91
 Number of stores opened............                                      6             191(1)            9

 Number of stores closed............                                     11              49(2)            0
 Number of stores open at end of                                        
 period.............................                                    237             242             100
</TABLE>





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   10

- ---------------

(1)      Fiscal year 1994 store openings include 182 stores acquired on
         December 3, 1993 with the acquisition of DUS.

(2)      In connection with the Company's December 3, 1993 acquisition of DUS,
         the Company implemented a plan to close 53 stores in Colorado,
         Illinois, Los Angeles and Louisiana.  The fiscal year 1994 reference
         to "Number of stores closed during the period" treats all such
         stores as closed, notwithstanding (a) the Company, on a temporary
         basis, continued to operate several of such locations after the end
         of such fiscal year to effectuate an orderly winding down of
         operations at such stores and (b) the Company continues to operate a
         relatively few such locations until satisfactory arrangements for the
         closure thereof can be structured with the respective landlords
         of those locations.


         The Company's ability to expand and upgrade stores in the future will
depend on, among other things, general economic and business conditions,
competition, the Company's ability to obtain desirable sites on satisfactory
terms, and the availability of funds.  

CONSUMER CREDIT

         Due to the relatively high cost of many of the products sold by the
Company, a substantial amount of its sales are made on credit, and its business
can be affected by consumer credit availability, which varies with the state of
the economy and the location of specific stores.  In fiscal year 1995,
approximately 32.5% of the Company's sales were for cash and approximately
58.1% of its sales were made through the use of bank credit cards and also
through private label Fretter, Silo and Fred Schmid Preferred Credit Card sales
under which credit is extended through outside financing entities.  The
remaining 9.4% of its sales were made through other consumer financing
arrangements with banks and independent finance companies for which
applications are available at certain of the Company's stores.  Beyond the
applicable provisions regarding the adequacy of transaction documentation,
there are no recourse provisions relating to the sales through available
consumer financing arrangements.

SEASONAL BUSINESS

         As with other retail businesses, the Company's net sales are
substantially greater during the year end holiday season than during other
periods of the year.  Net sales for the fourth quarter (which includes the
holiday season) were $267.3 million, or 31.1% of net sales in fiscal year 1995.
In fiscal year 1994 such fourth quarter sales were $285.7 million, or 52.4% of
the net sales for the entire fiscal year.  The 1994 level of sales and
percentage of total annual net sales is not consistent with prior years'
results and is not necessarily indicative of future fourth quarter or annual
sales because fourth quarter fiscal year 1994 sales included sales attributable
to stores acquired as part of the Silo





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   11

acquisition, as well as inventory liquidation sales resulting from planned
store closures (and subsequent closures of such stores) in Los Angeles,
Colorado and Illinois.  Such store closures affected subsequent comparable
periods in at least three respects: (a) the liquidation of inventory
attributable to such locations will not re-occur, (b) such stores will not be
in operation, and (c) in Colorado and Illinois, the elimination of both Fred
Schmid and Silo stores, and Fretter and Silo stores, respectively.  

EMPLOYEES

         On April 7, 1995, the Company had 3,577 employees of whom 3,086
operate in stores, warehousing and distribution; 296 in product and customer
service; and 195 operate at the Company's headquarters and regional offices in
administrative functions.  The Company's sales employees work predominantly on
commission.  The Company hires additional sales personnel, primarily on a
part-time basis, during the Christmas season.

SERVICE MARKS

         The name "Fretter" has been in use in Michigan in the specialty
retailing of consumer electronics and appliances since 1953 and is currently in
use by the Company in four states: Michigan, Massachusetts, New Hampshire and
Ohio.  "Fretter" is a service mark registered with the U.S. Patent & Trademark
Office both for retail store services and for provision of extended warranty
and service contracts for appliances and home entertainment products.
"Homeworks Get The Works For Your Home Office" is a service mark registered
with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office for retail electronic, computer and
office supply store sales and services.  The Company is the owner of four
additional federally registered marks: "We Care Line" for provision of service
assistance by telephone, "Double the Difference" for retail store services,
"Dash Concepts" for installation and servicing of electronic equipment for
automotive vehicles, and "Audio Dimension" with respect to speakers and
electronic equipment manufactured for the Company.

         Through its Schmid acquisition, the Company is the owner of one 
additional federally registered mark, "Christmas in July" and State of
Colorado registrations of the marks "Fred Schmid Appliances," "Fred Schmid
Appliance Sales and Distribution Center," "Fred Schmid's Rocky Mountain T.V.
Stereo Service Co." and "Like Nothing You've Ever Seen."

         Through its DUS acquisition, the Company is the owner of registered 
principal marks "Silo," "Tipton" and "YES! Your Electronics Store" with 
the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   12

COMPETITION

         The brand name home entertainment products, consumer electronics and
appliance business is highly competitive, with price and customer service being
the principal competitive factors. The Company's competition comes from a
variety of sources, including other retailers specializing in the sale of home
entertainment products, consumer electronics and appliances, catalogue
showrooms, discount stores, department stores, furniture stores and cable
television shopping and discount clubs.  Some of the Company's competitors are
national in scope and have greater financial resources than the Company.
However, the Company strives to achieve one of the leading market positions in
each of its established metropolitan markets.

         The Company's management maintains close ties with manufacturers and
industry trade groups, closely monitors consumer and industry trends, and
attempts to adjust its product mix to changes in the industry and in consumer
preferences.


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         The Company owns and leases its stores, warehouses, service centers,
installation locations and office space.  In connection with and following the
Company's acquisition of DUS, the Company acquired a warehouse and office
facility in Brighton, Michigan, to centralize the majority of its office and
administrative functions, by consolidating the DUS and Company offices from
Denver, Colorado; Chicago, Illinois; Detroit, Southfield and Livonia, Michigan;
and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

         The Company's principal warehouses are located in Brighton and
Livonia, Michigan; Chicago, Illinois; Westwood, Massachusetts; Denver,
Colorado; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Seattle, Washington; and Phoenix,
Arizona.  Of the foregoing, the Michigan and Westwood warehouses are owned by
the Company and the remaining warehouses are leased from third parties.

         Of the Company's 237 retail store locations, 42 are operated in
buildings owned by the Company and 195 are leased from third parties.  Of the
195 leased locations, 10 are operated as concession departments within Marshall
Fields department stores in the greater Chicago, Illinois area.  The unexpired
lease terms range from one to fifteen years; the average unexpired lease term
being approximately five years.  Of the 195 retail store leases, 111 contain so
called "percentage rent" clauses whereby rental payments increase as sales at
the particular location exceed specified base amounts.

         At the time the Company acquired DUS, the Company operated 103 retail
locations and DUS operated 185 retail locations.  DUS





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   13

previously closed 50 retail store locations in early 1993.  As contemplated at
the time of the acquisition, the Company determined to exit the Los Angeles and
New Orleans retail markets and to close certain of its locations in Colorado
and Illinois in which Fretter or Fred Schmid locations were in relatively close
proximity to and overlapped with Silo stores; thus leaving the Company 242 
retail locations operating as of April 15, 1995.  The Company plans to close an
additional 5 locations in Chicago, Denver, Los Angeles and New Orleans at such
time as satisfactory arrangements can be made with each applicable Landlord;
thus leaving 237 retail locations.

         The remaining lease terms on the closed locations range from less than
one year to over 20 years; with the average lease term expiring in
approximately six years.  At the time of the DUS acquisition on December 3,
1993, inclusive of the locations DUS had then previously closed, but for which
lease obligations remained, and planned store closures of the Company, there
existed 80 non-operating or then soon to be non-operating locations.  As of
April 15, 1995, 49 of such locations were disposed of through lease termination
agreements, lease assignments, subleases and agreements to assign; and there
remain 31 locations for disposal.

         The following table summarizes the number and location of stores by
market as of April 15, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Eastern Division -  118*
         ----------------        
         <S>                                    <C> 

         Delaware                                  -   4
         Louisiana                                 -   1
         Massachusetts                             -  12
         Michigan                                  -  29
         New Hampshire                             -   2
         New Jersey                                -  10
         New York                                  -  11
         Ohio                                      -  19
         Pennsylvania                              -  30


         Western Region -  119*
         --------------        

         Arizona                                   -  12
         California                                -  12
         Colorado                                  -  20
         Illinois                                  -  30
          Marshall Fields Locations                -  10
         Indiana                                   -   5
</TABLE>





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   14

<TABLE>
         <S>                                   <C>
         New Mexico                                -   2
         Montana                                   -   1
         Nevada                                    -   2
         Oregon                                    -   4
         Texas                                     -   2
         Utah                                      -   6
         Washington                                -  12
         Wyoming                                   -   1
                                                   -----

         Total Retail Locations**                  - 237
</TABLE>


         *  Inclusive of 19 Dash Concepts Stores as follows:

<TABLE>
                 <S>                             <C>
                 Indiana                           -   2
                 Michigan                          -  11
                 Ohio                              -   6
</TABLE>
         ** Reflecting the planned closure of 5 currently operating locations.

         The Company also owns or leases properties that it leases or subleases
to unaffiliated third parties in many states.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         From time to time the Company is party to various legal proceedings
relating to the conduct of its business.  Many of these claims are covered by
insurance. Management is of the opinion that the outcome of any of these
currently pending legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         None.


ITEM 4A.         EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the following
information with respect to the executive officers of the Company is included
herein in lieu of being included in the Company's Proxy Statement for its
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held June 21, 1995.





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   15

                                   MANAGEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 NAME                      AGE                              POSITIONS
                  <S>                                      <C>      <C>

                  Ernest L. Grove, Jr.                     70       Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director

                  John B. Hurley                           55       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

                  Dale R. Campbell                         38       Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Director

                  Daniel Hourigan                          47       Senior Vice President-Store Operations

                  Julian L. Potts                          47       Senior Vice President-Advertising, Merchandising and
                                                                    Marketing

                  Stuart G. Garson                         39       Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
</TABLE>


         Ernest L. Grove, Jr. has been the Chairman of the Board of the Company
since December 1993.  Mr. Grove has been a director of the Company since 1987.
He is the retired Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Financial Officer and
Director of The Detroit Edison Company, is a Director of Standard Federal Bank
and is a Trustee of Cranbrook Funds, an investment company.

         John B. Hurley has been President of the Company since 1985.  Prior to
that, he was Executive Vice President.  Mr. Hurley has been employed by the
Company since 1975 and has been a director since 1978.

         Dale R. Campbell has been employed by the Company since 1988.  He has
been a Director since December 1993, and an Executive Vice President of the
Company since June 1989.  Prior to that he was General Counsel of the Company
from October 1988.  From 1984 to 1988, he was engaged in the private practice
of law in the areas of general business and tax law with Seyburn, Kahn, Ginn,
et al.

         Daniel Hourigan became the Senior Vice President of Store Operations
in February 1994.  Previous to that, since 1991, he held the same position at
Silo, Inc., a subsidiary of Dixons US Holdings, Inc., which was acquired by the
Company in December, 1993.  Prior to joining Silo, Mr. Hourigan served as a
director at Dixons Stores Group Limited in England, and held senior positions in
Operations, Property and Sales; most recently as divisional director of Dixons
Store Group Limited, where he had responsibility for Sales, Marketing,
Personnel, Training, Security and Financial Information Services. Prior to
joining Dixons in 1981, Mr. Hourigan held various senior management positions
within the electronics industry.





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   16

         Julian L. Potts, employed by the Company since 1979, has been Senior
Vice President-Advertising, Merchandising and Marketing since December 1993.
From September 1991 to December 1993, he was Senior Vice President-Sales,
Operations, Marketing and Market Development.  Previous to that he was Senior
Vice President-Eastern Region since September 1990.  From 1987 to late 1990 he
was Vice President-Sales.  He became Assistant Vice President of the Company in
early 1987 and was Regional Manager in charge of new markets from 1981 to 1987.

         Stuart G. Garson, employed by the Company since 1989, has been Vice
President, Secretary and General Counsel since December 1993.  From November
1989 to December 1993, he was General Counsel.  Previously he was a shareholder
and employee of Seyburn, Kahn, Ginn, et al, a Southfield, Michigan law firm,
practicing in the areas of general business and real estate law.

         Executive officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and
serve at the pleasure of the Board.





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   17

                                    PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices for the
Company's Common Stock as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System for the
period from February 1, 1993 through January 31, 1995.  Such quotations reflect
inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down, or commission and may
not necessarily represent actual transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              High         Low
                               <S>                               <C>                          <C>         <C>

                               First Quarter                      (2/1/93-4/30/93)            3 3/8       2 3/8       

                               Second Quarter                     (5/1/93-7/31/93)            3 1/2       2 7/8       

                               Third Quarter                     (8/1/93-10/31/93)            4 5/8       2 7/8       

                               Fourth Quarter                    (11/1/93-1/31/94)            5 3/4       2 1/2       
                               --------------                                                                  

                               First Quarter                      (2/1/94-4/30/94)            5 1/4       3 1/2

                               Second Quarter                     (5/1/94-7/31/94)            5 1/4       3 3/4

                               Third Quarter                     (8/1/94-10/31/94)            4 7/8       3 1/8

                               Fourth Quarter                    (11/1/94-1/31/95)            3 1/2       2 1/4
</TABLE>



         On April 22, 1995 the last reported sales price of the Company's
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System was $3.25 per share.  As of
March 31, 1995 there were approximately 800 record holders of the Company's
Common Stock.

         The Company currently intends to retain its earnings in order to
provide funds for the operation and expansion of its business and does not
anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.







                                      -16-
<PAGE>   18

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         Sale statistics for the three fiscal years ending January 31, 1995 are
set forth in Item 7.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data)                                      Twelve Months Ended
                                                                                         
                                             JAN. 31,      JAN. 31,     JAN. 31,     JAN. 31,      JAN. 31,
                                               1995        1994(3)        1993        1992(2)      1991(1)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>

Net sales..............................      $858,849       $545,508     $361,603      $292,698     $217,352

New earnings (loss) available for
common shareholders....................      $  3,665       $ (1,096)    $  5,719      $  4,003     $ (9,969)

Earnings (loss) per common share*......      $    .35       $   (.14)    $    .77      $    .55     $  (1.37)

Total assets...........................      $468,608       $456,802     $177,131      $164,431     $131,602

Short-term obligations.................      $  4,601       $    590     $    534      $  1,577     $    844

Long-term obligations, less current
portion(4).............................      $145,961       $ 88,584     $ 40,939      $ 41,302     $ 23,313

Shareholders' equity...................      $ 34,359       $ 30,994     $ 64,019      $ 57,307     $ 52,572
</TABLE>

- ---------------

*        Per share information has been restated to reflect the December 3,
         1993 exchange as if the transaction occurred as of the beginning of
         the respective periods.


(1)      Included in net loss and loss per common share at January 31, 1992 is
         a cumulative effect on prior years of a change in accounting principle
         for recognition of service contract revenue of $8.8 million and $1.20,
         respectively.


(2)      Included in all selected financial data is the effect of the
         acquisition of Schmid which occurred September 30, 1992.
         Additionally, included in net earnings and earnings per common share
         is an extraordinary credit of $.8 million and $.10, respectively,
         related to the utilization of net operating loss carryforward.

(3)      Included in all selected financial data is the effect of the December
         3, 1993 acquisition of DUS.  For financial statement purposes,
         post-December 11, 1993 operations for DUS are included in January 31,
         1994 data.  Additionally, included in net loss and net loss per common
         share at January 31, 1994 is a gain related to the cumulative effect
         on the prior years of a change in accounting principle for accounting
         for income taxes of $2.8 million and $.35, respectively, a store
         closure provision of $4.0 million and $.50, respectively, and the
         write-off of deferred taxes of $8.1 million and $1.01, respectively.


(4)      Long-term obligations, less current portion, includes redeemable
         preferred stock at January 31, 1995 and 1994.


                                     -17-
<PAGE>   19

         Presented below is additional operating data (unaudited):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                -------------------
                                                                                                    JANUARY 31,
                                                                                                    -----------

                                                                               1995       1994      1993       1992       1991
                                                                               ----       ----      ----       ----       ----
                  <S>                                                       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
                  Sales per weighted average gross square foot  . . . .     $  234      $  282    $  294     $  302     $  283

                  Sales per weighted average selling square foot  . . .     $  346      $  398    $  419     $  414     $  389

                  Average net sales per store . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $3,827      $4,207    $4,301     $3,961     $3,788

                  Number of stores open at end of period  . . . . . . .        237         242       100         91         61

                  Stores opened during period . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6           9         9          7          5

                  Stores acquired during period . . . . . . . . . . . .          0         182         0         18          0

                  Stores closed during period . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11          49         0          0          0

</TABLE>





                                     -18-
<PAGE>   20

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         OVERVIEW.  The Company is a large volume specialty retailer of home
entertainment products, consumer electronics and appliances.

         On December 3, 1993, Fretter issued 3,164,804 shares of common stock,
3,000,000 shares of Convertible Series A Preferred  Stock and 1,500,000 shares
of Series B Preferred to Dixons America Holdings, Inc. ("DAH") in exchange for
the outstanding shares of equity securities of Dixons U.S. Holdings, Inc.
("DUS").  As a result of this transaction, the Company owns and controls the
business assets and operations of DUS.

         The ultimate parent company of DAH is Dixons Group plc  ("Dixons")
which (through certain subsidiaries) is the largest consumer electronics
retailer in the United Kingdom and is a public limited company listed on the
London Stock Exchange.  DUS is the holding company of Silo Holdings, Inc.,
which together with its subsidiaries (including Silo, Inc.), comprise the
business referred to as "Silo."

         Currently the Company operates 237 retail stores, 45 of which are in
Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire and Ohio under the name Fretter; 137
retail stores under the name Silo in Arizona, California, Delaware, Illinois,
Indiana, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas,
Utah and Washington, operated through DUS; 14 retail stores under the name YES!
Your Electronics Superstore in Illinois (Marshall Fields locations), Louisiana
and New York, operated through DUS; 22 retail stores in Colorado, Montana and
Wyoming operated through Fred Schmid Appliance & TV Co. ("Schmid"), a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; and 19 automotive electronic retail
stores in Indiana, Michigan and Ohio operated through Dash Concepts, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

         As a result of this acquisition, the Company has closed a number of
locations where there were overlapping and competing stores, low performing
stores and duplicate facilities.  Inventory liquidation sales were held in the
Los Angeles, Denver and New Orleans markets under the Silo name and the
Indianapolis and Chicago markets under the Fretter name.  As of April 30, 1995,
all liquidation sales were substantially completed.

         Estimated costs related to the closure of the Fretter locations,
approximately $4.0 million, were charged to income in the quarter ended October
31, 1993.  As of January 31, 1995, reserves recorded for future costs related
to store closures aggregate $14.6 million, including $7.9 million expected
to be incurred in fiscal year 1996.  Such reserves are primarily for estimated
future lease costs.  See the liquidity section of the Management Discussion and
Analysis for Further Discussion.





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   21
        Deferred service revenue attributable to sales of extended warranties
of DUS prior to December 11, 1993 were written down to reflect the actual cost
to service such warranties. DUS extended warranties sold after such date are
being amortized over the life of the warranty. As of January 31, 1995,
approximately $17.1 million of current revenue was deferred without the
availability of revenue from prior years sales.

         Effective November 1, 1994, the Company instituted a program to offer
for sale to its customers third party service contracts by which an independent
entity issues to the Company's customers the extended service contracts sold by
the Company's salespersons.  The Company records the sale of these contracts as
a component of net sales and records the amount payable to the third party as a
component of cost of goods sold at the time of sale to a customer.  For the
quarter and year ended January 31, 1995, the Company recorded net sales of
$17.1 million related to the sale of these contracts.

         In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS, the Company has recorded
liabilities in relation to two defined benefit pension plans and a
post-retirement benefit liability.  The post-retirement benefit  liability
represents the actuarial present value of future obligations of certain health
and life insurance benefits payable to eligible retired employees of Silo.

         During fiscal year 1995 with respect to the two defined benefit
pension plans, the Company has recorded an actuarial gain of approximately $3.6
million, a curtailment gain of approximately $2.7 and current year expense of
approximately $1.1 million.  The curtailment gain is due to the freezing of
benefits and a reduction of work force.

         In addition, with respect to the post-retirement benefit liability,
the Company has recorded an actuarial gain of approximately $12.9 million and a
current year expense of approximately $5.4 million, thus resulting in a $7.5
million net gain.

         The actuarial gains relate primarily to an increase in the discount
rate used at year end.  The Company's policy is to immediately recognize gains
and losses from the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions and so has
recognized these gains as a component of administrative expenses on a current 
basis.

         The Company effectively and significantly reduced the combined
administrative expenses compared to the expenses previously experienced by the
separate Fretter and DUS companies.  During the year, the Company incurred the
following non-recurring costs, with regard to the acquisition of Silo:

         --      Consolidating corporate headquarters, regions and 
                 warehouses, and other consolidation expenses; approximately 
                 $2.8 million.

         --      Adjustment of store selling expense; approximately $8.0
                 million.

         --      Training cost of Silo personnel; approximately $.5 million.





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   22

         The Company believes these costs will not reoccur in fiscal year 1996.


         Other significant factors affecting the Company's operations during
fiscal year 1995 include:

         --      DUS was acquired December 3, 1993 and the results of its
                 operations are included as of December 12, 1993, DUS' first
                 period beginning after the acquisition.  For fiscal year
                 ending January 31, 1995, DUS operations are included for the
                 entire year.

         --      The Company completed liquidation of its New Orleans market
                 except for one store which is required to remain open under a
                 continuous operation lease and one store in Baton Rouge which
                 was converted to the YES! store format and is not part of the
                 New Orleans closure.

         --      Severe weather conditions in the Eastern United States
                 negatively affected the Company's Pennsylvania and New 
                 England markets during The first quarter.

         --      Sales of DUS customer extended service contracts for the
                 fiscal year through October 31, 1994 are deferred over the
                 life of such contracts without the Company's receipt of
                 concomitant deferred service contract revenue from prior years
                 of DUS customer extended service contracts.

         --      All Silo stores were converted to the Fretter Point of Sale
                 System.

         --      The Company's efforts to reduce its breadth and quantity of
                 product inventory resulted in occasional shortages of product
                 -- particularly air conditioners in the preceding summer.

         --      Concentration of the Company's efforts toward completion of
                 the consolidation of the Company and DUS operations affected
                 the ability of the Company to maximize sales.

         The following table sets forth the percentage relationship to net
sales of certain items, shown in the Company's Consolidated Statement of
Operations.





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   23


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Year Ended January 31,

                                                                                           1995        1994       1993
                                                                                           ----        ----       ----
                        <S>                                                               <C>         <C>        <C>
                        Net sales..................................................        100.0%     100.0%      100.0%

                        Cost of goods sold.........................................         73.4       74.6        72.8
                                                                                           -----      -----       -----

                          Gross profit.............................................         26.6       25.4        27.2
                        Operating expenses.........................................         25.0       23.0        24.4
                                                                                           -----      -----       -----

                          Operating profit.........................................          1.6        2.4         2.8
                        Interest and other income..................................           .5         .4          .5

                        Interest expense...........................................         (1.1)       (.6)        (.9)

                        Store Closure Provision....................................                     (.7)            
                                                                                           -----      -----        ----
                          Earnings before income taxes and cumulative effect of a
                          change in accounting principle...........................          1.0        1.5         2.4

                        Income taxes...............................................           .3        2.1          .8
                                                                                           -----      -----        ----
                          Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in
                          accounting principle.....................................           .7        (.6)        1.6

                        Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income
                        taxes......................................................          -           .5         -
                                                                                           -----      -----        ----
                        Net earnings (loss) before preferred stock dividend........           .7        (.1)        1.6
                          Preferred stock dividend requirements....................          (.3)       (.1)        -
                                                                                           -----      -----        ----
                          Net Earnings (Loss) Available for Common Shareholders....           .4        (.2)        1.6
                                                                                           =====      =====        ====
</TABLE>


         NET SALES.  Net sales increased $313.3 million in fiscal year 1995 to
$858.8 million (57.4%) from $545.5 million in fiscal year 1994.  The increase
in net sales is attributable to the acquisition of DUS.

         Comparable store sales decreased $25.9 million (13.1%) in fiscal year
1995 as compared to fiscal year 1994.  The decrease in comparable store sales is
primarily due to increased competition in The Company's key markets; and efforts
to consolidate the business operations of DUS and the Company negatively
affected the ability of the Company to maximize its sales.

         Net sales rose $183.9 million in fiscal year 1994 to $545.5 million
(50.9%) from $361.6 million in fiscal year 1993.  $167.1 million (90.9%) of the
$183.9 million increase in net sales is attributable to the acquisition of DUS.
The remaining net sales increase is due to the increase in comparable store
sales, new stores opened in fiscal year 1994 and stores opened for a full
fiscal year in 1994 as compared to a partial fiscal year in 1993.

         Comparable store sales increased $19.6 million (7.2%) in fiscal year
1994 as compared to fiscal year 1993.

         Comparable store sales relates each store's sales in a current fiscal
period to the same store's sales in the same period in the prior fiscal year.
The comparable store sales decrease for fiscal year 1995 does not include the
sales from any of the closed Fretter locations nor does it include the sales
from any of the DUS





                                     -22-
<PAGE>   24

locations.  Additionally, such sales do not include any sales from the Illinois
or Colorado regions.  Nine Fretter locations were closed in Illinois and the
remaining Illinois locations were converted from Fretter to Silo stores.
Further, two Schmid locations were closed in Colorado and six Silo locations in
Colorado were converted to Schmid locations.  Because of this conversion and
the liquidation of inventory in the markets pursuant thereto, the results of
these markets were excluded from comparable store sales computations.
Accordingly, of the 237 currently operating stores, 42 are used in the
comparable store sales analysis; therefor the comparable store sales analysis
is not necessarily indicative of the overall comparable store sales performance
of all currently operating retail locations.

         Fiscal years 1993 to 1995 reflect significant increases in sales from
$361 million to $858.8 million.  These results were achieved principally
through the acquisition of DUS in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1994, in 
which fiscal year 1995 was the first full year sales were included.

         Revenue from service contract sales in fiscal year 1995 was $47.3
million compared to $22.1 million in fiscal year 1994 and $18.7 million in
fiscal year 1993. In addition, the Company was required through October 31,
1994 to defer the recognition of sales of extended service contracts without a
recognition of prior years sales of extended service contracts by DUS. 
As previously discussed, as of November 1, 1994, the Company instituted a
program to offer for sale to its customers service contracts issued by an
independent third party.  The Company recorded net sales of $17.1 million and
costs of $7.2 million related to the sale of these contracts for fiscal year
1995.  The remaining increase of approximately $8.1 million is primarily
attributable to the acquisition of DUS.  The increase from fiscal year 1993 to
fiscal year 1994 was primarily due to the increase in recognition of deferred
service contract revenue from service contract sales in previous years.  This
revenue is recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board's
Technical Bulletin No. 90-1, under which revenue on contracts sold prior to
November 1, 1994 is recognized on a straight line basis over the life of the
service contract.  The Company has deferred as of January 31, 1995, $61.1
million of service contract revenue of which $24.9 million will be recognized
in fiscal year 1996.  As of January 31, 1994, the Company had deferred $50.3
million of service contract revenue of which $21.3 million was recognized in
fiscal year 1995.

         COST OF GOODS SOLD.  Cost of goods sold increased $223.3 million
(54.8%) and gross profit by $90.0 million (65.1%) in fiscal year 1995 compared
to fiscal year 1994.  The primary increase in cost of goods sold and gross
margin is due to the acquisition of DUS.  Cost of goods sold as a percentage of
sales decreased 1.2% from fiscal year 1994 to fiscal year 1995.  Accordingly,
gross profit as a percentage of sales increased by 1.2% for the same period.





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   25

         The decrease in cost of goods sold and the increase in gross profit of
approximately 1.2% as a percentage of sales is principally due to the
consolidation of inventory and improved product mix.

         Cost of goods sold as a percentage of sales increased 1.8% from fiscal
year 1993 to fiscal year 1994.  Gross profit as a percentage of sales declined
by 1.8% for the same period.

         The increase in cost of goods sold and the decline in gross profit of
approximately 1.9% as a percentage of sales is principally due to the
following:  (1) liquidation sales in Illinois, Indiana, Colorado and Los
Angeles and (2) no revenue was recognized related to service contracts sold by
DUS prior to the December 3, 1993 acquisition.

         OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses consist of selling and 
service, warehouse and delivery and administrative expenses.  Sales personnel
are principally compensated by commission, thus as sales increase, a
proportionate increase in such expense occurs.  Operating expenses increased by
$89.7 million (71.6%) in fiscal year 1995 as compared to fiscal year 1994.  As
a percentage of net sales, operating expenses increased to 25.0% during fiscal
year 1995 as compared to 23.0% during fiscal year 1994.

         The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net sales for
fiscal year 1995 is primarily attributable to an increase in store occupancy
costs resulting from the acquisition of DUS.  Fiscal year 1994 operating
expenses reflect relatively fixed store occupancy costs for the DUS acquired
retail stores in the period subsequent to December 11, 1993 while the sales for
such stores were at a seasonal peak, thus reflecting disproportionately lower
operating expenses as a percent of sales.  Silo locations typically are leased
as opposed to Fretter locations, a majority of which are owned, thus leading to
increased overall occupancy costs.  In addition, the Company experienced
significant expenses associated with the closure of the DUS Philadelphia
headquarters, consolidation from three to two regions, consolidation of
warehouse operations and temporary duplicated labor expenses.

        The Company incurred as operational expenses $11.3 million associated
with its consolidation, adjustment of store selling expenses and training of
DUS personnel; and reduced its operational expenses by recording, with respect
to the DUS deferred benefit pension plans and post-retirement liability, $12.7
million in actuarial gains and curtailment gains, net of expenses incurred in
the year with respect thereto.

         Operating expenses increased by $36.9 million (41.8%) in fiscal year
1994 as compared to fiscal year 1993.  As a percentage of net sales, operating
expenses decreased to 23.0% during fiscal year 1994 as compared to 24.4% during
fiscal year 1993.  Such decrease is, in principal part, explained in the 
preceding paragraph. The decrease in operating expenses in fiscal year 1994 as
a percentage of net sales primarily resulted from management's efforts to
control variable costs.  The foregoing decrease, as a percentage of net sales,
is also attributable to the fixed costs portion of operating expenses
increasing at a lower rate than the increase in net sales.





                                     -24-
<PAGE>   26


         INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME.  Interest and other income increased $2.6
million (115.1%) from fiscal year 1994.  The increase is primarily due to the
acquisition of DUS and subsequent increase in private label credit card sales.

         Interest and other income as a percentage of net sales was .5%, .4%
and .5% for fiscal years 1995, 1994 and 1993.

         INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased $6.2 million (178.1%)
from fiscal year 1994 primarily due to the acquisition of DUS and the overall
increase in net borrowings.

         Interest expense increased $325,000 (10.3%) from fiscal year 1993 to
fiscal year 1994 primarily due to increased borrowings in the months of December
and January as a result of the acquisition of DUS.  Interest expense as a
percentage of net sales was 1.1%, .6% and .9% for fiscal years 1995, 1994 and
1993 respectively.

         STORE CLOSURE PROVISION.  In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS,
the Company established a store closure reserve at October 31, 1993 of
$4.0 million.  This planned store closure provision was estimated to reflect
anticipated losses associated with the disposal of inventory, lease disposition
costs, employee severance costs and fixed asset write-offs for closed Fretter
stores.  As of January 31, 1995, the Company utilized the entire original 
reserve and does not need to provide any additional reserves relating to the 
Fretter stores.

         INCOME TAXES.  The effective income tax rate for fiscal year 1995 was
29.2% compared to 144.1% in fiscal year 1994 and 34.0% in fiscal year 1993.

         The effective tax rate for fiscal year 1995 of 29.2% is primarily a
result of recording a carryback benefit of approximately $1.4 million for
Fretter's current year net operating loss, offset by the deferred charge of
approximately $3.9 million relating to the utilization of acquired tax
attributes. The $3.9 million deferred charge offsets the Company's goodwill and
does not represent an actual cash payment obligation.

         The effective tax rate for fiscal year 1994 of 144.1% is primarily due
to a valuation allowance of $8.1 million established for the write-off of
deferred income taxes.  The effective tax rate





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   27

for fiscal year 1994, exclusive of the valuation allowance, was 41.2%.  The
increase in the effective rate of 7% is primarily due to adjustments mandated
by purchase accounting.

         In connection with the acquisition of DUS, the Company reviewed the
carrying value of deferred tax assets.  As a result of this review a valuation
allowance included as described above was provided during the fiscal year
ended January 31, 1994.

         The Company has approximately $260.2 million of net operating loss
carryforwards which expire through the year 2010.

         No benefit for acquired net deferred tax assets or net operating loss
carryforwards has been recognized in the statement of operations. As the
acquired net deferred tax assets or net operating loss carryforwards are
utilized, such amounts will first reduce goodwill.  Once goodwill is reduced to
zero, a benefit will be included in income as a reduction of income tax
expense.

         CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING.  The Company has adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 109 ("SFAS 109") "Accounting for
Income Taxes," effective February 1, 1993.  The adoption of SFAS 109 changes
the method of accounting for income taxes from the deferred method (APB 11) to
an asset and liability method.  The asset and liability method recognizes the
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the carrying amount and the tax basis of the
assets and liabilities.

         Pursuant to SFAS 109, assets and liabilities acquired in purchase
accounting were assigned their fair values assuming equal tax and financial
reporting bases and deferred taxes are provided for basis differences.

         Under APB 11, values were assigned net of tax.  In adopting SFAS 109,
the Company adjusted the carrying values of assets so acquired.  The cumulative
effect of the change in accounting principle effective February 1, 1993 was
$2.8 million or $.35 per share.

         PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDEND REQUIREMENTS.  At the time of and in 
connection with the acquisition of DUS, the Company issued to  DAH 3,000,000 
shares of newly-created Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, and 1,500,000 
shares of newly-created Preferred Stock, Series B, each having a stated value 
of $10 per share, representing all authorized shares.  Dividends on the Series
A and Series B Preferred shares at an

         NET EARNINGS.  Due to the factors discussed above, net earnings
increased to $3.7 million in fiscal year 1995 compared to a net loss of $1.1
million in fiscal year 1994.  Net earnings decreased $6.8 million in fiscal
year 1994 to a net loss of $1.1 million from net income of $5.7 million in
fiscal year 1993.





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   28

annual rate of 5% and 6%, respectively, are cumulative from the issue date and
are payable quarterly.  Additional dividends at the rate of 5% and 6% per year,
respectively, accrue on any unpaid cumulating dividends.  Total dividends
payable for fiscal year 1996 will be $2.4 million.

         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES.  Traditionally, the Company's
principal needs for capital are to support its inventory, particularly during
the Christmas holiday season, and to fund new store openings and to remodel or
relocate existing stores.  For fiscal year 1995, the Company opened 6 new
stores and closed 11 stores -- exclusive of planned closures.

         In connection with the acquisition of DUS, the Company entered into a
revolving credit agreement expiring December 1, 1996 with a commercial credit
company which committed a maximum of $140 million to the Company for cash
borrowing and letters of credit.  Interest on amounts outstanding under this
facility is calculated at 1.25% above the bank's prime rate.  This agreement is
secured by accounts receivable, personal property and inventory of the Company,
as defined in the credit agreement.  A fee on the unused portion of the
facility is payable at the rate of 0.5% per year.  Additionally, on the
issuance of any standby letter of credit, the Company pays a fee of 0.25% on
the face amount of that standby letter of credit, and a 2% per year fee is
charged on the outstanding face amount of all such letters of credit.  As of
January 31, 1995, $82.9 million was outstanding under the revolving loan and
$10.0 million in letters of credit were outstanding.

         During 1993, the Company amended and restated its existing loan and
financing agreement with another bank which increased the maximum amount
committed from $20 million to $50 million for lines of credit (including a
standby letter of credit), and changed the terms of the facility.  The
commitment is comprised of a $25 million line of credit (to fund obligations
under a letter of credit issued to the credit organization that finances the
Company's merchandise purchases described below), and a $25 million capital
expenditure line of credit for certain eligible real estate, as defined.  
Those facilities expire November 1, 1996 and December 1, 1996, respectively, 
and are secured by substantially all of the Company's owned real estate.  The
line of credit to fund obligations under the letter of credit is payable on
demand plus three days.  Letter of credit fees equal to 1.25% per annum are
charged on the undrawn amount.  The capital expenditure line of credit requires
interest only monthly payments and the outstanding principal balance on
December 1st of 1994, 1995 and 1996 must be refinanced under a separate term
loan.  The term of the notes and amortization of each of the notes vary based
upon the year the note is funded.  A fee of 1.5% is charged for each cash
advance.  At January 31, 1995, there was $6.7 million outstanding under the
capital expenditure line of credit and no borrowing against the line of credit
to fund obligations under the letter of credit.





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   29

         The Company also maintains a loan agreement with an independent credit
organization that finances certain of its merchandise purchases.  The loan
agreement expires November 1, 1996 at which time the balance outstanding
becomes payable.  Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by the
$25.0 million letter of credit issued by the bank described above.  Interest on
amounts outstanding is calculated at .7% under prime.  The maximum financing
provision of the loan agreement limits the borrowing to $30 million.  Covenants
of the loan agreement, among other things, require the Company to maintain
certain levels of tangible net worth, as defined and places restrictions or
limitations on the pledging of merchandise inventory and equipment as
collateral for present and future obligations of the Company.  At January 31,
1995 a total of $14.9 million was outstanding under this loan agreement.

         Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in fiscal year 1995 was $3.0
million.  The decrease is due to the net cash used for operations ($52.5 
million) and investing activities ($13.7 million), offset by net cash provided
by financing of $63.2 million.

         The net cash used for operations of $52.5 million is primarily the
result of cash used for store closure of $31.9 million and cash used for other
liabilities of $54.1 million.  These amounts were effectively offset by cash 
proceeds on long term obligations of $66.1 million.

         In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS on December 3, 1993, the
Company financed the payment of a pre-acquisition intercompany debt of DUS of
$43.6 million and cash payments to the Company's shareholders of $43.6 million.

         The Company will continue to open new stores to the extent that
economically feasible transactions can be structured.  The Company anticipates
fiscal year 1996 capital expenditures to be approximately $7.3 million.  The 
funds required for future expansion are expected to be generated through
operations and existing credit facilities.  The Company expects that cash from
operations together with the credit sources described above will be sufficient
to meet its long and short term liquidity needs.

         In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS, the Company developed a
plan to integrate operations and improve the profitability of the combined
entities.  The plan included the elimination of duplicate facilities and the
closure of overlapping and competing stores and other low performing stores.
At the time of the December 3, 1993 acquisition, Fretter operated 105 retail
locations and DUS operated 182 retail locations.  The Company's integration
plan included closure of certain DUS and Fretter locations, principally located
in Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Los Angeles and Louisiana.  In addition, prior
to the time of acquisition, DUS had closed 50 stores in early 1993.





                                      -28-
<PAGE>   30

         Estimated exit costs for former DUS stores, including stores
previously closed, were recorded as adjustments to the fair value of the assets
and liabilities acquired.  The estimated costs for Fretter stores of
approximately $4.0 million have been charged to the store closure provision in
the statement of operations during the year ended January 31, 1994.  Such
charge consisted of estimated losses associated with the disposal of
merchandise ($1.7 million), fixed assets ($1.4 million) and leases ($.7
million), and employee termination and other costs ($.2 million).

         During the year ended January 31, 1995 estimates for closure of the
former DUS locations were revised based upon available information.  The
adjustments to the reserve for store closures as a result of these revisions
has been recorded as an adjustment to goodwill in the current year.

         The following table sets forth the store closure activity during
fiscal year 1995 (thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Lease             Operating        Severance    
                                             Cost               Losses          and Other            Total
  <S>                                         <C>                <C>              <C>               <C>
  Balance 1/31/94                             $26,072            $ 6,529           $12,215           $44,816

  Cost incurred                               (9,630)            (5,861)          (16,383)          (31,874)

  Adjustments charged to goodwill
                                              (2,679)              (168)             4,508             1,661
  Balance 1/31/95                             $13,763            $   500           $   340           $14,603
</TABLE>

         The Company expects to utilize approximately $7.9 million of the
remaining reserve in fiscal year 1996.  The Company expects to incur these
costs on a consistent basis during the year.





                                      -29-
<PAGE>   31

ITEM 8.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The financial statements and schedules of the Company filed herein are
listed on the following index.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
                            and Supplementary Data
         <S>                                                <C>


         Report of Independent Accountants................  F-1
         Consolidated Balance Sheets......................  F-2
         Consolidated Statements of Operations............  F-3
         Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity..  F-4
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows............  F-5
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......  F-6 to 21
</TABLE>


        All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or
notes thereto.





                                      -30-
<PAGE>   32

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors
and Shareholders of
Fretter, Inc.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index on
page 30 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Fretter, Inc. and its subsidiaries at January 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended January 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.  These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", effective February 1, 1993.


PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP



Detroit, Michigan
April 28, 1995





                                      F-1
<PAGE>   33

FRETTER, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        JANUARY 31,
                                                                                   1995             1994
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>

ASSETS
Current assets
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                   $     13,787     $     16,805
   Accounts receivable, net                                                          24,058           23,987
   Merchandise inventory                                                            207,066          224,445
   Prepaid expenses and other                                                         4,926            3,015
   Deferred commissions                                                               4,872            3,960
                                                                               ------------     ------------
     Total current assets                                                           254,709          272,212
Property and equipment, net                                                         111,985          110,954
Goodwill, net                                                                        87,809           63,616
Other assets                                                                          6,991            4,587
Deferred commissions                                                                  7,114            5,433
                                                                               ------------     ------------
                                                                               $    468,608     $    456,802
                                                                               ============     ============

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
   Current portion of long-term obligations                                    $      4,601     $        590
   Accounts payable                                                                  49,491           28,864
   Current portion of deferred service contract revenue                              24,933           21,290
   Accrued liabilities                                                               73,021           97,069
   Reserve for store closings                                                         7,881           33,385
   Income taxes payable                                                               2,143            3,558
                                                                               ------------     ------------
     Total current liabilities                                                      162,070          184,756
Long-term obligations                                                               105,161           43,584
Other noncurrent liabilities                                                         26,008           42,622
Deferred service contract revenue                                                    36,169           29,058
Employee benefit obligations                                                         64,041           80,788
                                                                               ------------     ------------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                              393,449          380,808
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Redeemable preferred stock                                                           40,800           45,000
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)                                               -                -    
                                                                               ------------     ------------
Shareholders' equity
   Preferred stock - authorized:  5,000,000 shares of
    $.01 par value; issued:  none
   Common stock - authorized:  50,000,000 shares of
    $.01 par value; issued:  10,577,392 and 10,577,467
    shares at January 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively                                   106              106
   Additional contributed capital                                                     1,641            1,641
   Retained earnings                                                                 32,612           29,247
                                                                               ------------     ------------
                                                                                     34,359           30,994
                                                                               ------------     ------------
                                                                               $    468,608     $    456,802
                                                                               ============     ============
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.





                                      F-2
<PAGE>   34

FRETTER, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                       1995           1994          1993
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>

Net sales                                                          $    858,849   $    545,508   $   361,603
Cost of goods sold                                                      630,435        407,129       263,077
                                                                   ------------   ------------   -----------
     Gross profit                                                       228,414        138,379        98,526
                                                                   ------------   ------------   -----------
Operating expenses
   Selling                                                              168,041        94,619         63,007
   Warehouse and delivery                                                29,480        15,154         10,654
   Administrative (Note 12)                                              17,501        15,556         14,717
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
                                                                        215,022       125,329         88,378
                                                                   ------------   ------------   -----------
Other income (expense)
   Interest and other                                                     4,894         2,275          1,682
   Interest expense                                                      (9,721)       (3,496)        (3,171)
                                                                                                             
   Store closure provision                                                             (4,000)             
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
                                                                         (4,827)       (5,221)        (1,489)
                                                                   ------------   -----------    ----------- 
Earnings before income taxes and cumulative
 effect of change in accounting principle                                 8,565         7,829          8,659
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
Income taxes
   Current                                                               (1,400)        2,783          4,161
   Deferred                                                                             6,986         (1,221)
   Benefit of acquired net deferred tax
     assets used to reduce goodwill                                       3,900         1,512               
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
                                                                          2,500        11,281          2,940
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of change
 in accounting principle                                                  6,065        (3,452)         5,719
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
 income taxes (Note 10)                                                                 2,756               
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
   Net earnings (loss) before preferred dividends                         6,065          (696)         5,719
Preferred stock dividend requirements                                     2,400           400               
                                                                   ------------   -----------    -----------
   Net earnings (loss) available for common shareholders           $      3,665   $    (1,096)   $     5,719
                                                                   ============   ===========    ===========

Weighted average number of common shares                             10,577,430     7,918,676      7,420,462
                                                                   ============   ===========    ===========
Earnings (loss) per weighted average
 number of common shares:
   Earnings (loss) per common share before
    cumulative effect of change in accounting principle               $  .35         $  (.49)       $  .77
   Cumulative effect of change in accounting
    for income taxes                                                                     .35              
                                                                      -------        -------        ------
     Net earnings (loss) per common share                             $  .35         $  (.14)       $  .77
                                                                      =======        ========       ======
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.





                                      F-3
<PAGE>   35

FRETTER, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              COMMON STOCK       
                                        -------------------------
                                                                       ADDITIONAL
                                                        $0.01 PAR      CONTRIBUTED    RETAINED
                                          SHARES          VALUE          CAPITAL      EARNINGS       TOTAL

<S>                                   <C>                <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Balance at January 31, 1992             14,514,294       $  145        $  32,539     $ 24,624     $ 57,308
Net earnings for the year
 ended January 31, 1993                                                                 5,719        5,719
Common stock issued for
 exercise of stock options                 155,556            1              992                       993
Common stock redeemed                     (129,136)          (1)                                        (1)
                                      ------------       ------        ---------     ---------    -------- 
Balance at January 31, 1993             14,540,714          145           33,531       30,343       64,019
Net loss for the year ended
 January 31, 1994                                                                         (696)       (696)
Common stock issued for exercise
 of stock options                            6,929                            28                        28
Common stock redeemed                      (13,010)
Common stock cash
 distribution (Note 9)                  (7,121,970)         (71)         (43,533)                  (43,604)
Common stock issued for
 the acquisition of Dixons
 U.S. Holdings, Inc. (Note 2)            3,164,804           32           11,615                    11,647
Preferred stock dividend requirements                                                     (400)       (400)
                                      ------------       ------        ---------     ---------    -------- 
Balance at January 31, 1994             10,577,467          106            1,641       29,247       30,994
Net earnings for the year ended
 January 31, 1995                                                                       6,065        6,065
Common stock redeemed                          (75)
Preferred stock dividend requirements                                                  (2,400 )     (2,400)
Preferred stock accretion                                                                 (300)       (300)
                                      ------------       ------        ---------     ---------    -------- 

Balance at January 31, 1995             10,577,392       $  106        $   1,641     $ 32,612     $ 34,359
                                      ============       ======        =========     ========     ========

</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.





                                      F-4
<PAGE>   36

FRETTER, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                       1995           1994          1993
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net earnings (loss) before preferred dividends                  $      6,065   $       (696)  $     5,719
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to
    net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization                                       17,774          7,667         5,916
     Stock compensation expense                                           1,979          1,243           996
     Employee benefit plans, net benefit and
      curtailment gain                                                  (12,688)
     Non cash tax charge (benefit)                                        3,900          3,117        (1,329)
     Other                                                                2,237            998
     Change in assets and liabilities, net of DUS
      acquisition in fiscal year 1994 and adjustments to
      goodwill in 1995
        Merchandise inventory                                           (12,326)       109,471        (9,094)
        Other assets                                                     (4,903)        27,865           865
        Accounts payable                                                 20,627        (31,620)        1,770
        Reserve for store closing                                       (31,874)       (10,385)
        Deferred service contract revenue                                10,754         12,294         2,630
        Other liabilities                                               (54,088)        (2,683)        2,958
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
          NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR)                                                        
           OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                         (52,543)       117,271        10,431
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Acquisition of DUS                                                                   (4,896)
   Payment of pre-acquisition intercompany
    obligation of DUS, net of cash acquired                                            (43,615)
   Purchase of property and equipment                                   (13,663)       (12,951)       (4,102)
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
          NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES                        (13,663)       (61,462)       (4,102)
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Net payments under line of credit                                                                  (1,000)
   Proceeds from long-term obligations                                   66,149         22,705           827
   Payments of long-term obligations                                       (561)       (19,714)       (1,233)
   Preferred stock dividends                                             (2,400)
   Payment of financing fees                                                            (4,651)
   Cash distribution to common shareholders                                            (43,604)
   Purchase of redeemable common stock                                                     (83)         (518)
   Issuance of common stock                                                                 28              
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
          NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR)
           FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                          63,188        (45,319)       (1,924)
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                     (3,018)        10,490         4,405
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                           16,805          6,315         1,910
                                                                   ------------    -----------    ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                           $     13,787    $    16,805    $    6,315
                                                                   ============    ===========    ========== 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION                                                                          
   Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized                       $      8,700    $     2,936    $    3,137
   Federal income taxes paid                                       $    -          $     3,600    $    1,675
   Acquisition of DUS in fiscal year 1994 and
    adjustments to goodwill in 1995
     Fair value of assets acquired, including goodwill             $      4,332    $   406,561
     Liabilities assumed                                           $      8,832    $   345,018
     Redeemable preferred stock issued                             $     (4,500)   $    45,000
     Common stock issued                                                           $    11,647
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.





                                      F-5
<PAGE>   37

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      BASIS OF PREPARATION
      The consolidated financial statements include Fretter, Inc. and its
      wholly-owned subsidiaries (the Company).  The Company is a retailer of
      consumer electronic goods and appliances.  All significant intercompany
      accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

      CASH EQUIVALENTS/STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
      For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company
      considers all highly-liquid debt instruments purchased with an original
      maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

      MERCHANDISE INVENTORY
      Merchandise inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is
      determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
      Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Major replacements and
      refurbishments are capitalized while replacements, repairs and
      maintenance that do not extend the life of the respective property are
      expensed when incurred.  Interest costs relating to the construction of
      capital assets are capitalized; such costs were not material during
      fiscal years 1995, 1994 and 1993.

      Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method
      for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax
      reporting purposes.  Estimated useful lives for computing depreciation
      and amortization for financial reporting purposes are as follows:

<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                   <C>
      Buildings and improvements                                                                 18-40 years
      Furniture, fixtures and office equipment                                                    5-10 years
      Automotive equipment                                                                         3-8 years
      Leasehold improvements                                                Lesser of lease term or 10 years
</TABLE>

      LEASES
      Leases which meet the accounting criteria for capital leases are recorded
      as property and equipment, and the related capital lease obligations (the
      aggregate present value of future minimum lease payments, excluding
      executory costs such as taxes, maintenance and insurance) are included in
      long-term obligations.  Depreciation and interest are charged to expense,
      and rent payments are treated as payments of long-term debt, accrued
      interest and executory costs.  All other leases are accounted for as
      operating leases.

      DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS
      Included in other assets as of January 31, 1995 and January 31, 1994 are
      deferred financing costs of $5.1 million and $4.7 million, respectively,
      associated with obtaining the revolving credit agreement and in amending
      and restating the Company's loan and financing agreement (as described in
      Note 6) in connection with the acquisition of DUS.  Such costs are being
      amortized over the term of the related agreements.  Amortization
      aggregated $1.7 million in the year ended January 31, 1995. Accumulated
      amortization was $2.0 million and $.3 million as of January 31, 1995 and
      1994, respectively.







                                      F-6
<PAGE>   38

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

      GOODWILL
      The excess of cost over the fair value of assets acquired is shown as
      goodwill, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over thirty
      years.  Recoverability of goodwill is evaluated based upon actual and
      projected results of operations and cash flows to determine if any
      impairment in the carrying amount has occurred.  Accumulated amortization
      at January 31, 1995 and 1994 was $3.7 million and $.6 million,
      respectively.  Goodwill amortization recorded during the years ended
      January 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was $3.1 million, $.4 million and $.1
      million, respectively.

      SERVICE CONTRACTS
      The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of service contracts sold by
      the Company on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract.
      Incremental direct costs resulting from the sale of such contracts
      (primarily commissions) are also deferred and recognized on a
      straight-line basis over the same period.

      Effective November 1, 1994 the Company discontinued selling its own
      service contracts and instituted a program to offer for sale to its
      customers third party service contracts by which an independent entity
      issues the Company's customers the extended service contract sold by the
      Company's salespersons.  The Company records the sale of these contracts
      as a component of net sales, records the amount payable to the third
      party as a component of cost of goods sold and records salesperson
      commissions as a component of selling expense at the time of sale to a
      customer.  For the year ended January 31, 1995 the Company recorded net
      sales of approximately $17.1 million related to the sale of these
      contracts.

      The Company has recorded a liability for the estimated costs of servicing
      contracts of DUS which existed at the acquisition date.  No revenue or
      costs associated with these acquired contracts will be recognized.  The
      current and noncurrent portions of the liability are included in accrued
      liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities, respectively.

      INCOME TAXES
      Deferred taxes are provided to give recognition to the effect of expected
      future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying
      amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
      related tax basis for income tax purposes.  See Note 10.

      PREOPENING COSTS
      The Company expenses preopening costs of new retail stores, such as
      training and advertising, as incurred.

      FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
      The carrying value of financial instruments, including cash and cash
      equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt,
      approximates fair value.  The carrying value of the redeemable preferred
      stock was determined based upon an independent appraisal as of the DUS
      acquisition date.





                                      F-7
<PAGE>   39

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

      EARNINGS PER SHARE
      Primary earnings (loss) per weighted average number of common shares is
      based upon the average number of common shares outstanding plus common
      share equivalents arising from dilutive stock options.  Fully diluted
      earnings per share assumes conversion of the convertible preferred stock
      into common stock, if dilutive.  The inclusion of such items did not have
      an impact on primary or fully diluted earnings per share in the years
      presented as they were either insignificant or antidilutive.

      RECLASSIFICATION
      Certain amounts in prior years' consolidated financial statements have
      been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

2.    ACQUISITION OF DIXONS U.S. HOLDINGS, INC. (DUS)

      On December 3, 1993, the Company acquired DUS.  In exchange for all of
      the issued and outstanding equity securities of DUS, the Company issued
      to Dixons America Holdings, Inc. ("DAH") 3,164,804 shares of the
      Company's Common Stock, 3,000,000 shares of newly-created Convertible
      Preferred Stock, Series A, and 1,500,000 shares of newly-created
      Preferred Stock, Series B (the "Share Issuance").  Immediately prior to
      the consummation of the Share Issuance, Company shareholders were granted
      $3.00 in exchange for .49 of each share of Company Common Stock owned as
      of December 3, 1993.  The acquisition of DUS was accounted for using the
      purchase method and, accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the
      acquired assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values
      at the date of acquisition.  Fair values were determined based on
      independent appraisals, valuations and other studies, some of which had
      not yet been completed at January 31, 1994.  The excess of the purchase
      price (consisting of $11.6 million of common stock,  $40.5 million of the
      fair market value of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred
      stock and $5.0 million of transaction costs) over the fair value of the
      net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill and is being amortized
      on a straight-line basis over thirty years.

      During the year ended January 31, 1995 the Company completed the
      determination of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities
      assumed.  Accordingly, goodwill related to the DUS acquisition was
      increased by $31.2 million.

      The operating results of DUS are included in the Fretter consolidated
      statement of earnings from December 12, 1993, the effective date of the
      acquisition for purchase accounting purposes.  Set forth below are
      summarized pro forma combined results of operations of Fretter and DUS
      for the years ended January 31, 1994 and 1993 assuming the acquisition
      had taken place as of the beginning of each year.  The pro forma combined
      results of operations are not indicative of future earnings or earnings
      that would have been reported for the periods presented had the
      transaction been completed when assumed.  See also Note 5 regarding store
      closings.





                                      F-8
<PAGE>   40

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.    ACQUISITION OF DIXONS U.S. HOLDINGS, INC. (DUS) (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEARS ENDED
                                                                                       JANUARY 31,
                                                                                  1994            1993
                                                                                 (THOUSANDS; UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                          <C>              <C>

      Net sales                                                              $   1,067,550    $    1,034,519
                                                                             =============    ==============

      Loss for common stock before cumulative
        effect of a change in accounting principles                          $     (68,807)   $     (122,388)
      Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
        for income taxes                                                             2,756                  
                                                                             -------------    --------------

      Net loss for common stock                                              $     (66,051)   $     (122,388)
                                                                             =============    ============== 

      Per share:
        Loss per common share before cumulative
          effect of change in accounting principle                           $       (6.51)   $       (11.56)
        Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          for income taxes                                                             .26                  
                                                                             -------------    --------------

      Net loss per common share                                              $       (6.25)   $       (11.56)
                                                                             =============    ============== 

3.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

      Property and equipment consists of:

<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                                                      1995          1994
                                                                                          (THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>            <C>
      Buildings and improvements                                                  $    50,783    $    50,355
      Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                                42,860         35,264
      Automotive equipment                                                              1,430          1,475
      Leasehold improvements                                                           32,843         32,770
                                                                                  -----------    -----------
                                                                                      127,916        119,864
      Accumulated depreciation and amortization                                       (39,153)       (32,159)
                                                                                  ------------   ----------- 
                                                                                       88,763         87,705
      Land                                                                             23,124         22,811
      Construction-in-process                                                              98            438
                                                                                  ------------   -----------
                                                                                  $    111,985   $   110,954
                                                                                  ============   ===========
</TABLE>





                                      F-9
<PAGE>   41

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.    ACCRUED LIABILITIES

      Accrued liabilities consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                                                      1995          1994
                                                                                          (THOUSANDS)
          <S>                                                                     <C>             <C>

          Workers' compensation                                                   $     8,375     $    7,914
          Accrued salary and wages                                                      5,309          3,353
          Vacation                                                                      1,517          3,435
          Medical claims                                                                1,908          2,874
          Other employee related accruals                                               2,058          2,950
          Advertising accrual                                                          13,194         28,162
          Service contract liability                                                    9,907         14,648
          Property related accruals                                                     3,136          5,299
          Customer deposits                                                             5,675          8,790
          In-transit inventory                                                          6,523            104
          Sales tax accrual                                                             1,789          4,422
          Other                                                                        13,630         15,118
                                                                                  -----------     ----------

                                                                                  $    73,021     $   97,069
                                                                                  ===========     ==========
</TABLE>

5.    RESERVE FOR STORE CLOSINGS

      In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS, the Company developed a plan
      to integrate operations and improve the profitability of the combined
      entities.  The plan included the elimination of duplicate facilities and
      the closure of overlapping and competing stores and other low performing
      stores.  At the time of the December 3, 1993 acquisition, Fretter
      operated 105 retail locations and DUS operated 182 retail locations.  The
      Company's integration plan included closure of certain former DUS
      locations and existing Fretter locations, principally located in
      Colorado, Illinois, Indiana, Los Angeles and Louisiana.  In addition,
      prior to the time of acquisition, DUS had closed 50 stores in early 1993.

      Estimated exit costs for former DUS stores, including stores previously
      closed, were recorded as adjustments to the fair value of the assets and
      liabilities acquired.  The estimated costs for Fretter stores of
      approximately $4.0 million were charged to the store closure provision in
      the statement of operations during the year ended January 31, 1994.  Such
      charge consisted of estimated losses associated with the disposal of
      merchandise ($1.7 million), fixed assets ($1.4 million) and leases ($.7
      million), and employee termination and other costs ($.2 million).

      During the year ended January 31, 1995 estimates for closure of the
      former DUS locations were revised based upon available information.  The
      adjustments to the reserve for store closures as a result of these
      revisions has been recorded as an adjustment to goodwill in the current
      year.





                                      F-10
<PAGE>   42

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5.    RESERVE FOR STORE CLOSINGS (CONTINUED)

      The following table sets forth the store closure reserve activity during
1995:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       

                                                                      (THOUSANDS)                     
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                                 LEASE        OPERATING       SEVERANCE
                                                 COSTS         LOSSES         AND OTHER        TOTAL
      <S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>

      Balance January 31, 1994                $   26,072     $    6,529      $  12,215      $   44,816

      Adjustment charged to goodwill              (2,679)          (168)         4,508           1,661
      Costs incurred                              (9,630)        (5,861)       (16,383)        (31,874)
                                              ----------     ----------      ---------      ---------- 

      Balance January 31, 1995                $   13,763     $      500      $     340      $   14,603
                                              ==========     ==========      =========      ==========
</TABLE>



6.    LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

      Long-term obligations consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                                                      1995          1994
                                                                                          (THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                                         <C>            <C>

      Bank credit agreement                                                       $    82,893    $    18,279
      Capital expenditure line of credit                                                6,736          5,626
      Inventory financing agreement                                                    14,905         14,482
      Notes payable and other                                                           5,228          5,787
                                                                                  -----------    -----------
                                                                                      109,762         44,174
      Less - Current portion                                                           (4,601)          (590)
                                                                                  ------------   ----------- 

                                                                                  $   105,161    $    43,584
                                                                                  ============   ===========
</TABLE>


      Principal payments on long-term obligations for the five years subsequent
      to 1995 are: 1996 - $4.6 million; 1997 - $98.5 million; 1998 - $.5
      million; 1999 - $.5 million; 2000 - $.5 million; thereafter - $5.2
      million.

      In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS, the Company entered into a
      revolving credit agreement with a commercial credit company which
      committed a maximum of $140.0  million to the Company for cash borrowings
      and letters of credit.  Interest on amounts outstanding under this
      facility is calculated at 1.25% above the bank's prime rate.  This
      facility expires on December 1, 1996.  Borrowings under the credit
      agreement are secured by accounts receivable, personal property and
      inventory of the Company, as defined.  A fee





                                      F-11
<PAGE>   43

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.    LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)

      on the unused portion of the facility is payable at the rate of 0.5% per
      annum.  Additionally, the agreement provides for a payment of a fee of
      0.25% on the face amount of each standby letter of credit upon its
      issuance and 2% per annum on the outstanding face amount of such letters
      of credit.  At January 31, 1995 and 1994, there was $82.9 million and
      $18.3 million, respectively, outstanding under the revolving loan and
      $7.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively, in letters of credit
      outstanding under the facility.

      During 1993, the Company amended and restated its existing loan and
      financing agreement with a bank which increased the maximum amount
      committed from $20.0 million to $50.0 million for lines of credit
      (including standby letters of credit) and changed the terms of the
      facility.  The commitment is comprised of a $25.0 million line of credit
      (to fund obligations under a letter of credit issued to the credit
      organization that finances the Company's merchandise purchases described
      below) and a $25.0 million capital expenditure line of credit for
      eligible real estate, as defined.  The facilities expire November 1, 1996
      and December 1, 1996, respectively.  Borrowings under the line of credit
      to fund obligations under letters of credit are payable on demand plus
      three days.  Letter of credit fees equal to 1.25% per annum are charged
      on the undrawn amount.  The capital expenditure line of credit requires
      interest-only monthly payments.  The outstanding principal balance on
      December 1st of 1994, 1995, and 1996 will be refinanced under separate
      term loans.  The term and amortization of each of the notes vary based
      upon the year the note is funded.  A fee of 1.5% is charged for each cash
      advance.  At January 31, 1995 and 1994, there was $6.7 million and $5.6
      million, respectively, outstanding under the capital expenditure line of
      credit and no borrowing outstanding against the line of credit to fund
      obligations under letters of credit.  The letter of credit issued by the
      bank is secured by owned real estate, not previously pledged to the bank.

      Covenants of the above agreements require the Company to maintain minimum
      amounts of consolidated net worth, net income and interest coverage
      ratio, and limits the amounts for capital expenditures, debt service
      payments and additional indebtedness the Company may incur.  The
      facilities also limit certain other nonoperating activities of the
      Company.

      The Company maintains a loan agreement with an independent credit
      organization that finances certain of its merchandise purchases.  The
      loan agreement, which was entered into in conjunction with the
      acquisition of DUS, expires on November 1, 1996, at which time the
      balance outstanding becomes payable.  Previous to the acquisition of DUS,
      the Company maintained a different credit agreement with the same credit
      organization.  Borrowings under the loan agreement are collateralized by
      the $25.0 million letter of credit issued by the bank described above.
      Interest on amounts outstanding is calculated at .7% below prime rate, as
      defined.  The maximum financing provision of the loan agreement limits
      the borrowing to $30.0 million.  Covenants of the loan agreement, among
      other things, require the Company to maintain certain levels of tangible
      net worth, as defined, and places restrictions or limitations on the
      pledging of merchandise inventory and equipment as collateral for present
      and future obligations of the Company.  At January 31, 1995 and 1994,
      $14.9 million and $14.5 million, respectively, was outstanding under this
      loan agreement.





                                      F-12
<PAGE>   44

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.    LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)

      During fiscal 1994, the Company issued a $3.7 million secured purchase
      money note in conjunction with the acquisition of its new corporate
      headquarters.  The note requiring 6.5% interest-only quarterly payments
      was due and paid off on March 1, 1995.    Additionally, the Company has
      outstanding mortgages, which are payable in monthly installments through
      the year 2013 with interest ranging from 7% to 9%.  At January 31, 1995
      and 1994, $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively, was outstanding.

7.    OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES

      Other noncurrent liabilities at January 31, 1995 and 1994 consist of the
      noncurrent portion of the estimated costs of servicing extended product
      warranty contracts of DUS which existed at the acquisition date, the
      noncurrent portion of estimated future costs to be incurred related to
      store closings as discussed in Note 5 and the noncurrent portion of
      unfavorable lease obligations related to the acquisition of DUS.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                                                      1995          1994
                                                                                          (THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                                       <C>              <C>

      Extended product warranty costs                                           $    10,340      $    20,246
      Store closing costs                                                             6,722           11,431
      Unfavorable lease obligations                                                   8,946           10,945
                                                                                -----------      -----------
                                                                                $    26,008      $    42,622
                                                                                ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

8.    REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

      On December 3, 1993 in connection with the acquisition of DUS, in
      addition to the issuance to DAH of 3,164,804 shares of common stock, the
      Company issued to DAH 3,000,000 shares of newly-created Convertible
      Preferred Stock, Series A, and 1,500,000 shares of newly-created
      Preferred Stock, Series B, each having a stated value of $10 per share,
      representing all authorized shares.  Dividends on the Series A and Series
      B Preferred shares at an annual rate of 5% and 6%, respectively, are
      cumulative from the issue date and are payable quarterly.  Additional
      dividends at the rate of 5% and 6% per year, respectively, shall accrue
      on any unpaid cumulating dividends.

      The Series A and Series B Preferred shares are mandatorily redeemable on
      December 3, 2008 at a per share redemption price equal to stated value
      plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption.
      In addition, the Company may, at any time, redeem shares of the preferred
      stock at the per share redemption price, equal to the stated value plus
      all accumulated and unpaid dividends, provided that (a) the aggregate
      value being redeemed at any one time must be at least $5.0 million, and
      (b) no Series A Preferred may be redeemed until all of the Series B
      Preferred has been redeemed.  As of January 31, 1995, no shares of Series
      A or Series B Preferred have been redeemed.





                                      F-13
<PAGE>   45

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   8. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)

      The Series A Preferred shares are convertible, at the option of the
      holder, into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion
      rate (currently 1.42655 shares of common stock for each share of Series A
      Preferred).  The conversion rate is subject to adjustment in the event of
      certain dilutive issuances of common stock or upon the occurrence of
      certain other events.  As of January 31, 1995, no shares of Series A
      Preferred have been converted.

      In connection with the acquisition of DUS, the Company obtained an
      independent appraisal of the fair market value of the redeemable Series A
      Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.  Based upon
      this appraisal, the value of the redeemable preferred stock has been
      recorded at $40.5 million as of the date of acquisition.  The difference
      between the fair market value and the redemption value is being accreted
      to the stated redemption value as a charge directly to retained earnings.
      During fiscal 1995, $.3 million of such accretion was recorded.

   9. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

      Effective December 3, 1993, in conjunction with the acquisition of DUS,
      the Company's shareholders authorized an exchange whereby the
      shareholders became entitled to receive $3.00 in exchange for each .49 of
      each share of common stock owned as of that date.  Distributions of $43.6
      million have been accounted for as a return of capital, resulting in a
      reduction of additional contributed capital in an amount equal to the
      cash distribution.  All weighted average share and per share amounts have
      been restated to retroactively reflect the exchange.

      The Company is authorized to repurchase up to 2,000,000 shares of its
      issued and outstanding stock.  As of January 31, 1995, 1,347,800 shares
      of common stock have been reacquired.  In accordance with the Michigan
      Business Corporation Act, all reacquired common stock has the status of
      authorized but unissued shares.

10.   INCOME TAXES

      Effective February 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
      Accounting Standard No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109).
      The adoption of SFAS 109 changes the method of accounting for incomes
      taxes from the deferred method (APB 11) to an asset and liability method.
      The asset and liability method recognizes the deferred tax assets and
      liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary
      differences between the carrying amount and the tax basis of the assets
      and liabilities.

      Under SFAS 109, assets and liabilities acquired in purchase accounting
      are assigned their fair values assuming equal tax and financial reporting
      bases and deferred taxes are provided for basis differences.  Under APB
      11, values were assigned net of tax.  In adopting SFAS 109, the Company
      adjusted the carrying values of assets so acquired.  The cumulative
      effect of the change in accounting principle at the date of adoption was
      $2.8 million, or $.35 per share.





                                      F-14
<PAGE>   46

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.   INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

      The provision for income taxes consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                         1995          1994          1993
                                                                                    (THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>

      Current
        Federal                                                       $    (1,400)  $     2,273   $    3,640
        State                                                                               510          521
                                                                      -----------   -----------   ----------
      Total current                                                        (1,400)        2,783        4,161
                                                                      -----------   -----------   ----------
      Deferred
        Federal                                                                           6,986       (1,221)
                                                                      -----------   -----------   ---------- 
      Total deferred                                                       -              6,986       (1,221)
                                                                      -----------   -----------   ---------- 

      Benefit of acquired net deferred tax
       assets used to reduce goodwill                                       3,900         1,512             
                                                                      -----------   -----------   ----------

      Total provision                                                 $     2,500   $    11,281   $    2,940
                                                                      ===========   ===========   ==========
</TABLE>

      In conjunction with the acquisition of DUS, the Company reevaluated the
      carrying value of its deferred tax assets.  Primarily due to the net
      operating loss carryforward position of DUS, a valuation allowance for
      the net deferred tax asset balance was provided in the third quarter of
      fiscal 1994.

      The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards which give
rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 31,
                                                                                      1995          1994
                                                                                          (THOUSANDS)
          <S>                                                                    <C>            <C>
          DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
          Inventory                                                              $     (431)    $   (1,389)
                                                                                 ----------     ---------- 
               Total deferred tax liabilities                                          (431)        (1,389)
                                                                                 ----------     ---------- 
          DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
          Depreciation and amortization                                               1,737          7,040
          Deferred service contract revenue                                          25,198         27,004
          Accrued expenses                                                           15,296         43,225
          Retiree medical benefits                                                   20,881         24,788
          NOL carryforward                                                           88,466         61,615
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
               Total deferred tax assets                                            151,578        163,672
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
          Net deferred tax asset                                                    151,147        162,283
          Valuation allowance                                                      (151,147)      (162,283)
                                                                                 ----------     ---------- 

          Net deferred tax asset                                                 $   -          $   -     
                                                                                 ==========     ==========
</TABLE>





                                      F-15
<PAGE>   47

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.   INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

      The Company has approximately $260.2 million of net operating loss
      carryforwards which expire through the year ended 2010.  Included in the
      amount is approximately $14 million of net operating loss carryforwards
      from a subsidiary which are subject to certain limitations and expire
      through the year ended 2002.

      No benefit for acquired net deferred tax assets or net operating loss
      carryforwards has been recognized in the statement of operations.  As
      acquired net deferred tax assets or net operating loss carryforwards are
      utilized, the related benefits will first reduce goodwill.  Once goodwill
      is reduced to zero, such benefits will be included in income as a
      reduction of income tax expense.

      A reconciliation of the Company's effective tax rate to the federal
      statutory rate is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                         1995          1994          1993
                                                                                    (THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>

        Federal income taxes at statutory rates                       $     2,912   $     2,740   $    2,944
        State taxes, net of federal benefit                                                 337          344
        Non-deductible goodwill amortization                                1,100           164
        Change in valuation allowance                                      (1,241)        8,009
        Other                                                                (271)           31         (348)
                                                                      -----------   -----------   -----------

        Income taxes provided                                         $     2,500   $    11,281   $    2,940
                                                                      ===========   ===========   ==========
</TABLE>

11.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      OPERATING LEASES
      The Company is obligated under several long-term and month-to-month real
      estate operating leases, with the long-term leases expiring through
      January 2013.  Under the terms of a portion of these leases, the Company
      is obligated to pay certain operating expenses.  Three retail store
      leases are with two of the Company's principal shareholders and an
      employee of the Company.  Such leases can be terminated by the Company at
      any time without cost.

      The amounts charged to operations in connection with operating leases,
      including additional rentals based on a percentage of sales, for the
      years ended January 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $26.8 million, $5.5
      million and  $5.3 million, respectively.  Certain of the store operating
      leases contain provisions which require additional rentals based on a
      percentage of sales.  The amount of additional rentals paid was not
      significant during the years ended January 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.





                                      F-16
<PAGE>   48

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

      Future minimum annual rental payments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEARS ENDING JANUARY 31,                                       (THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                             <C>
      1996                                                            $     26,899
      1997                                                                  24,894
      1998                                                                  23,527
      1999                                                                  20,660
      2000                                                                  17,195
      Thereafter                                                            56,404
                                                                      ------------

                                                                      $    169,579
                                                                      ============
</TABLE>

Amounts related to leases included in the store closure plan are excluded.

      LEASE GUARANTEES
      On November 10, 1988, all of the outstanding shares of Busy Beaver
      Building Centers, Inc. ("Busy Beaver"), a former subsidiary of DUS, were
      sold to the management of Busy Beaver.  In connection with this
      disposition, the Company is guarantor of three leases of Busy Beaver.
      Disposal of leased locations previously closed by DUS and closed by the
      Company as contemplated by the store closure plan are effectuated by
      lease termination agreements with landlords, lease assignments and
      subleases.  Fretter, Inc. or its subsidiaries, as applicable, remain
      financially responsible on such leases, notwithstanding the intervening
      payment obligation of the assignees and sublessees.  No expenses were
      incurred on these guarantees, lease assignments or subleases since the
      date of the acquisition of DUS by Fretter.

12.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
      The Company sponsors several 401(k) plans which cover substantially all
      full-time employees.  Company contributions to such plans include both
      discretionary and matching amounts.  Total Company contributions for
      fiscal 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $.6 million, $.5 million and $.6 million,
      respectively.

      In connection with the acquisition of DUS, the Company assumed
      responsibility for several noncontributory defined benefit pension plans
      which cover substantially all former DUS full-time employees.  Pension
      benefits under these plans are based upon years of service or average
      monthly compensation, as defined.





                                      F-17
<PAGE>   49

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

      During 1995 the Company changed the defined benefit plans resulting in
      the freezing of benefits effective February 1, 1995.  In addition, in
      excess of 50% of the employees covered by the plans were terminated
      during 1995 as a result of combining the Fretter and DUS operations.  The
      reduction in the projected benefit obligations as a result of the
      suspension of future benefit increases and termination of employees has
      been accounted for as plan curtailments.  Accordingly, during 1995 the
      Company recognized curtailment gains of $2.7 million.

      At January 31, 1995 $3.8 million is included in other assets representing
      the excess of plan assets of $11.3 million over projected benefit
      obligations of $7.5 million, of which $7.0 million is vested.  The
      weighted average discount rate used in determining the actuarial present
      value of the projected benefit obligations for the Company's defined
      benefit pension plans as of January 31, 1995 was 8.5%.  As a result of
      the freezing of benefits there is no assumed increase in future
      compensation levels.

      The Company's policy is to immediately recognize in the statement of
      operations gains and losses from experience different from that assumed
      and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions.  During the year
      ended January 31, 1995 the Company made cash contributions of $1.4
      million and recognized a pension benefit of $2.5 million comprised of a 
      benefit from changes in actuarial assumptions of $3.6 million offset by 
      service cost of $.4 million, interest cost of $.6 million and loss on 
      plan assets of $.1 million.

      The net periodic pension cost and the contributions made to the plans
      from the date of acquisition to January 31, 1994 were not material.
      Included in employee benefit obligations at January 31, 1994 is $2.9
      million representing the excess of the projected benefit obligations of
      $13.6 million over plan assets of $10.7 million.  At January 31, 1994 the
      accumulated benefit obligations were $9.0 million of which $7.5 million
      were vested.  The weighted average discount rate and the rate of increase
      in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present
      value of the projected benefit obligation for the Company's defined
      benefit pension plans as of January 31, 1994 were 7.25%, and 7.0%,
      respectively.

      OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
      A DUS subsidiary has recorded a postretirement benefit liability, which
      in conjunction with the acquisition of DUS, is recorded as a liability of
      the Company on a consolidated basis.  The liability represents the
      actuarial present value of future obligations of certain health and life
      insurance benefits payable to eligible retired employees of steel
      operations previously conducted by Silo, Inc., an indirect wholly owned
      subsidiary of DUS.  Silo, Inc. funds postretirement benefit costs as they
      are incurred.

      The Company's policy is to immediately recognize in the statement of
      operations gains and losses from experience different from that assumed
      and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions.  The components of
      the expense (benefit) recognized as a component of administrative costs
      in the statement of operations for the years ended January 31, 1995 and
      1994 are:





                                      F-18
<PAGE>   50

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    JANUARY 31,
                                                                1995             1994
      <S>                                                 <C>                 <C>

      Interest cost                                       $    5,418          $   800
      Recognition of actuarial gains                         (12,862)                
                                                          ----------          -------

      Net (benefit) expense                               $   (7,444)         $   800
                                                          ==========          =======
</TABLE>

      Included in employee benefit obligations at January 31, 1995 and 1994 is
      $64.0 million and $77.8 million, respectively representing the actuarial
      present value of accumulated postretirement benefit obligations
      determined using a weighted average discount rate of 8.75% and 7.25%,
      respectively.

      The health care cost trend rates used to determine the actuarial present
      value of the  accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ranged from
      10.0% to 13.0% in the current year as a result of various plans offered
      and gradually declining to 6.25% for all plans in 2004, and remaining at
      that level thereafter.  Increasing the health care cost trend rate by one
      percentage point would increase the net postretirement benefit cost in
      1995 and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at January 31,
      1995 by $4.6 million.

13. STOCK OPTION PLANS

      In March 1986, the Company adopted a stock option plan for officers and
      key management employees, pursuant to which an aggregate of 250,000
      shares of the Company's common stock may be issued.  The options are
      granted at no less than fair market value at the date of grant.  At
      January 31, 1995, 55,571 options are outstanding under this plan which
      expire at various dates through April 2000, all of which are exercisable.

      On October 1, 1991, in connection with an employment agreement, stock
      options to acquire 800,000 shares at $.50 to $1.00 per share were granted
      to the President of the Company.  Under this agreement, the options are
      exercisable at various dates through October 1, 2001.  In a related
      agreement (the "Principal Shareholder Plan"), the President was also
      granted options from two of the Company's largest shareholders to
      purchase a total of 1,200,000 shares at a rate of 120,000 shares per year
      for $3 per share on each October 1 beginning October 1, 1992 through
      October 1, 2001.  Effective December 3, 1993, the above agreements were
      amended and restated.  The agreements, as amended and restated, provide
      the President of the Company the option to acquire 306,000 shares at $.97
      per share from the Company and 612,000 shares at $.97 per share under the
      previously existing Principal Shareholder Plan.  The Company records
      compensation expense for these options based upon the difference between
      the fair market value of its common stock at the date of grant and the
      option price, as amended and restated.  Compensation expense recorded for
      the years ended January 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was $.9 million, $1.1
      million and $1.0 million, respectively.  At January 31, 1995, 918,000
      options related to the above agreements are outstanding, of which 387,600
      are exercisable.





                                      F-19
<PAGE>   51

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13.   STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)

      On December 3, 1993, in connection with the adoption of a long term
      incentive plan, stock options to acquire 1,785,000 shares at $.01 per
      share were granted to the President of the Company.  Such options vest in
      equal amounts annually in each of the three years subsequent to the date
      of issuance and expire six years from the date of issuance.  The Company,
      its President and one of its principal shareholders have entered into a
      related agreement whereby the President may exercise these options only
      if the principal shareholder contributes shares of common stock to the
      capital of the Company, share for share to meet the President's option
      exercise.  The President must pay the principal shareholder $.97 per
      share for each share so contributed.  The Company records compensation
      expense for these options based on the difference between the fair market
      value of its common stock at the date of grant and the option price.
      Compensation expense recorded for the years ended January 31, 1995 and
      1994 related to these options was $1.1 million and $.2 million,
      respectively.  At January 31, 1995, 1,785,000 options related to the
      above agreements are outstanding of which 595,000 are exercisable.

      In connection with the adoption of the long-term incentive plan, on
      February 2, 1994 1,006,550 stock options with an exercise price of $3.50
      per share were granted to various employees of the Company.  Such options
      vest three years from the date of issuance and expire ten years and six
      months from the date of issuance or upon the employee's termination.  At
      January 31, 1995, 885,550 of these options were outstanding, none of
      which are exercisable.

      The following is a summary of stock option activity for all plans,
      exclusive of the Principal Shareholder Plan and the options granted
      December 3, 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER                      OPTION
                                                                    OF SHARES                  PRICE RANGE

      <S>                                                            <C>                 <C>          
      Balance at January 31, 1993                                      708,500             $1.00  -   $5.0625
        Exercised                                                       (6,929)          $3.1875  -   $4.4375
        Terminated                                                     (44,000)          $3.1875
        Effect of exchange (1)                                        (294,000)
                                                                   ----------- 

      Balance at January 31, 1994                                      363,571              $.97  -   $5.0625
        Granted                                                      1,006,550             $3.50
        Terminated                                                    (122,000)            $3.50  -    $4.625
                                                                   -----------                               

      Balance at January 31, 1995                                    1,248,121              $.97  -   $5.0625
                                                                   ===========                               

      Exercisable at January 31, 1995                                  259,571              $.97  -   $5.0625
                                                                   ===========                               
</TABLE>

      (1)  As discussed above, the October 1, 1991 agreements were amended and
           restated to reflect the December 3, 1993 exchange, thus reducing the
           number of options outstanding.





                                      F-20
<PAGE>   52

FRETTER, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     

                                                                FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED              
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------
                                              APRIL 30     JULY 31   OCTOBER 31     JANUARY 31    TOTAL
                                                         (THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
      <S>                                     <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>

      Fiscal year 1995
         Net sales                            $ 182,004  $  205,546  $  204,024   $  267,275    $  858,849
         Gross profit                            48,922      54,130      55,250       70,112       228,414
         Earnings before income taxes            (5,521)     (1,463)     (1,768)      17,317         8,565
         Net earnings (loss) available
          for common shareholders                (4,133)     (1,537)     (1,731)      11,066         3,665
         Earnings (loss) for common stock
          per weighted average number of
          common shares                            (.39)       (.15)       (.16)        1.05           .35

      Fiscal year 1994
         Net sales                            $  79,444  $   87,637  $   92,738   $  285,689    $  545,508
         Gross profit                            21,612      23,759      24,526       68,482       138,379
         Earnings before income taxes               707       1,731      (2,748)       8,139         7,829
         Net earnings (loss) available
          for common shareholders                 3,201       1,130      (8,880)       3,453        (1,096)
         Earnings (loss) for common stock
          per weighted average number of
          common shares                             .43         .15       (1.20)         .37          (.14)
</TABLE>

      Quarterly per share amounts are based on the weighted average shares
      outstanding during the respective quarters.  Because of the shares issued
      in December, the sum of the quarterly per share amounts for fiscal 1994
      does not equal the full year total.

      The quarter ended January 31, 1995 includes the recognition of
      approximately $16.0 million of gains related to employee benefit plan
      valuations. The net benefit related to the employee benefit plans was
      $12.7 million for the full year.

      Included in earnings before income taxes for the quarter ended October
      31, 1993, is a $4.0 million provision for Fretter store closings.  In
      addition, included in net earnings (loss) available for common
      shareholders for the quarter ended October 31, 1993 is a $7.1 million
      charge related to the establishment of a valuation allowance for deferred
      tax assets.  See Notes 5 and 10.

      Included in the quarter ended January 31, 1994 are the DUS results of
      operations from the date of acquisition.





                                      F-21
<PAGE>   53


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.

                                    PART III

         For information with respect to the executive officers of the Company,
see ITEM 4A included in PART I of this report.  Otherwise, the information
required by ITEMS 10, 11, 12 AND 13 will be included in the Company's proxy
statement for its 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and is incorporated
herein by reference.

                                    PART IV

ITEM 14.         EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM
                 8-K

(a)      The following documents are filed as part of this report:

         (1)     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                 A list of the financial statements filed as a part of this
                 Form 10-K is set forth in the index included in item 8 and
                 incorporated by reference in response to this item 14.

         (2)     FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                 None.

         (3)     EXHIBITS

                 The "Exhibit Index" filed herewith is incorporated by
                 reference in response to this item 14.

         (a)     Reports on Form 8-K

                 None.


                                      31


<PAGE>   54

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  April 29, 1995             FRETTER, INC.


                                              By: /s/ JOHN B. HURLEY            
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 John B. Hurley,
                                                 President and Chief Executive
                                                     Officer


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     NAME                                          TITLE                            DATE
                     ----                                          -----                            ----
 <S>                                           <C>                                              <C>


 /s/ ERNEST L. GROVE, JR.                      Chairman of the Board of Directors               4/28/95
 ------------------------                                                                              
     Ernest L. Grove, Jr.

 /s/ JOHN B. HURLEY                            President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief        4/28/95
 ------------------------                      Financial Officer and Director
     John B. Hurley                            


 /s/ DALE R. CAMPBELL                          Executive Vice President, Treasurer and          4/28/95
 ------------------------                      Director                                                        
     Dale R. Campbell                          


 /s/ OLIVER L. FRETTER                         Director                                         4/28/95
 ------------------------                                                                              
     Oliver L. Fretter

 /s/ PETER A. DOW                              Director                                         4/28/95
 ------------------------                                                                              
     Peter A. Dow


 /s/ BRIAN K. FRIEDMAN                         Director                                         4/28/95
 ------------------------                                                                              
     Brian K. Friedman

 /s/ ROBERT SHRAGER                            Director                                         4/28/95
 ------------------------                                                                              
     Robert Shrager
                   
</TABLE>

                                      32
<PAGE>   55

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
                  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED
                  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE     
                  ------                                      -----------                                    -------------
                  <S>             <C>                                                                             <C>

                  2.1             Stock Purchase Agreement and Plan of Tax-Free Reorganization, dated             (2)
                                  as of 9/15/93, among the Company, Dixons America Holdings, Inc. and
                                  Dixon U.S. Holdings, Inc.

                  2.2             Agreement, Plan and Certificate of Merger, dated as of 11/29/93, by             (1)
                                  and between the Company and Gabrielle Co.

                  2.3             Certificate  of   Voting  Powers,   Designations,  Preferences  and             (2)
                                  Relative, Participating,  Optional or  Other Special  Rights of the
                                  Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B

                  3.1             Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company                               (3)

                  3.2             Amendment to the Articles  of Incorporation  of the Company,  dated             (4)
                                  6/23/87

                  3.3             Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, effective as  of             (3)
                                  April 22, 1986

                  9.1             Voting  Agreement, dated  12/3/93,  by and  between  Dixons America             (1)
                                  Holdings, Inc. and John B. Hurley

                  9.2             Letter Agreement amending the Voting Agreement, dated 12/3/93                   (1)

                  9.3             Shareholder  Agreement,  dated 11/30/93,  by  and  among  Oliver L.             (1)
                                  Fretter, in his  personal capacity and as Trustee under  the Oliver
                                  L. Fretter Revocable Living Trust dated 1/11/74, as amended, Howard
                                  O. Fretter,  in  his personal  capacity and  as Trustee  under  the
                                  Howard O. Fretter Revocable  Trust Agreement dated 3/15/86, John B.
                                  Hurley, in his personal capacity  and as Trustee under  the John B.
                                  Hurley Revocable Trust Agreement dated 3/14/86, and the Company
                                                                                                 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   56
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
                  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED
                  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE     
                  ------                                      -----------                                    -------------
                  <S>             <C>                                                                             <C>

                  10.1            Supplemental  Agreement, dated  11/30/93,  by and  among  Oliver L.             (1)
                                  Fretter, in his  personal capacity and as Trustee under  the Oliver
                                  L. Fretter Revocable Living Trust dated 1/11/74, as amended, Howard
                                  O. Fretter,  in  his personal  capacity and  as Trustee  under  the
                                  Howard O. Fretter Revocable Trust Agreement dated  3/15/86, John B.
                                  Hurley, in his  personal capacity and as Trustee under the  John B.
                                  Hurley Revocable Trust Agreement dated 3/14/86, and the Company

                  10.2            Registration Rights  Agreement, dated  12/3/93, by  and between the             (1)
                                  Company and Dixons America Holdings, Inc.

                  10.3            Registration Rights  Agreement, dated  12/3/93, among  the Company,             (1)
                                  Oliver L. Fretter, John B. Hurley and Howard O. Fretter#

                  10.4            Employment Agreement,  dated 11/30/93,  by and  between the Company             (1)
                                  and Oliver L. Fretter#

                  10.5            Employment Agreement, dated 10/1/91, by and between the Company and             (5)
                                  John B. Hurley#

                  10.6            First  Amendment to  Employment Agreement,  dated 11/30/93,  by and             (1)
                                  between the Company and John B. Hurley#

                  10.7            Capital  Contribution/Sale Agreement,  dated  11/30/93,  among  the             (1)
                                  Company, John B. Hurley and Oliver L. Fretter#

                  10.8            Agreement for  Wholesale Financing,  dated as  of 11/30/93,  by and             (1)
                                  between the Company and ITT Commercial Finance Corp.

                  10.9            Reimbursement Agreement, dated as  of 11/30/93, by and between  the             (1)
                                  Company and Dixons Treasury Management Limited

                  10.10           Loan and Financing Agreement, dated as of 11/30/93, by and  between             (1)
                                  the Company and Michigan National Bank
                                                                        
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   57

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
                  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED
                  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE     
                  ------                                      -----------                                    -------------
                  <S>             <C>                                                                             <C>

                  10.11           First  Amendment  to  Loan and  Financing  Agreement, dated  as  of
                                  December 8, 1994, by and between the Company and Michigan  National
                                  Bank

                  10.12           Credit Agreement,  dated  as of  11/30/93, among  the  Company,  BT             (1)
                                  Commercial Corporation and various other lenders

                  10.13           First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated  January 26, 1994, among
                                  the Company, BT Commercial Corporation and various other lenders

                  10.14           Second Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated October 28,
                                  1994,  among the  Company,  BT Commercial  Corporation  and various
                                  other lenders

                  10.15           Employee Cash or Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust#                        (3)

                  10.16           Amendment  to Employee  Cash  or Deferred  Profit-Sharing  Plan and             (4)
                                  Trust, dated 5/18/87#

                  10.17           1986 Employee Stock Option Plan#                                                (3)

                  10.18           Amendment to 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan, dated 12/23/87#                   (4)

                  10.19           Stock Option Agreement, dated 11/30/93, by and between  the Company             (1)
                                  and John B. Hurley#

                  10.20           Stock Option Agreement, dated  2/1/94, by  and between the  Company
                                  and Dale R. Campbell#

                  10.21           Stock Option  Agreement, dated  2/1/94, by and  between the Company
                                  and Daniel C. Hourigan#

                  10.22           Stock Option  Agreement, dated 2/1/94,  by and between the  Company
                                  and Julian Potts#

                  10.23           Stock Option Agreement,  dated 2/1/94, by and  between the  Company
                                  and Stuart Garson#

                  10.24           Bonus Plan#                                                                     (4)

                  10.25           1993 Long Term Incentive Plan#                                                  (6)
                                                                                                                     
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   58

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SEQUENTIALLY
                  EXHIBIT                                                                                      NUMBERED
                  NUMBER                                      DESCRIPTION                                        PAGE     
                  ------                                      -----------                                    -------------
                  <S>             <C>                                                                             <C>

                  10.27           Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  10/8/87,  by  and  between  the             (4)
                                  Company and Oliver L. Fretter#

                  10.28           Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  10/8/87,  by  and  between  the             (4)
                                  Company and John B. Hurley#

                  10.29           Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  10/8/87,  by  and  between  the             (4)
                                  Company and Peter A. Dow#

                  10.30           Amended  and  Restated Stock  Option  Agreement  between  Howard O.             (1)
                                  Fretter and John B. Hurley dated November 30, 1993#

                  10.31           Amended  and  Restated Stock  Option  Agreement  between  Oliver L.             (1)
                                  Fretter and John B. Hurley dated November 30, 1993#

                  10.32           Lease  Amendment Agreement  among the  Company, Oliver  L. Fretter,             (1)
                                  Howard O. Fretter and John B. Hurley dated November 30, 1993#

                  10.33           Employment Termination  Agreement, dated  January 20,  1995, by and
                                  between the Company and Donald Andresen#

                  10.34           Merchant Agreement, dated March 1, 1994, by and between the Company
                                  and Household Bank (Illinois), N.A.

                  10.35           Merchant Agreement, dated  March 1, 1994 by and betwen  the Company
                                  and Household Retail Services, Inc. Bank (Illinois), N.A.

                  10.36           Universal International Re-Insurance Ltd. Consumer  Protection Plan
                                  Master  Policy  of  Insurance  No.  2661P  and  Declarations, dated
                                  November 1, 1994

                  21              List of Subsidiaries                                                            (1)
                                                                                                                     
                  23              Consent of Price Waterhouse, LLP

                  27              Financial Data Schedule (Edgar version only)

</TABLE>
<PAGE>   59

- ---------------

#        Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
         identified by Form 10-K Item 14

(1)      Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report Form 10-K for fiscal
         year ended January 31, 1994

(2)      Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report on Form 8-K dated
         December 10, 1993

(3)      Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Form S-1
         Registration Statement No. 33-4146

(4)      Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 10-K for fiscal year
         ended January 31, 1988

(5)      Incorporated by reference to Schedule 13-D filed November 2, 1991 by
         John B. Hurley

(6)      Incorporated by reference to the Company's Solicitation Statement for
         Action to be taken by Written Consent of Shareholders dated December
         1, 1993

(7)      Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 10-K for fiscal year
         ended January 1, 1989.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.11




                                December 8, 1994


Fretter, Inc.
12501 Grand River Avenue
Brighton, Michigan  48118

Attention:       Stuart Garson, Esq.
                 General Counsel

         Re:     Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Financing Agreement ("Agreement")
                 made as of the 30th day of November, 1993 by and between
                 Michigan National Bank ("Bank") and Fretter, Inc. ("Borrower")

Dear Mr. Garson:

         In connection with the Security Letter of Credit Release as
contemplated by the  Agreement, which is occurring simultaneously with the
execution hereof, the  Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with the
following.  All terms used herein ("Amendment No. 1 to Loan Agreement"), and
not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as set forth in the
Loan Agreement.  In accordance with Section 7 of the Agreement, Bank hereby
releases the Security Letter of Credit.  In connection therewith, Bank has
concurrently delivered to Borrower the Security Letter of Credit (Chemical Bank
Standby Letter of Credit No. U349237) and a written statement to Chemical Bank
consenting to the release and termination thereof.  Bank agrees to execute any
further documents or instruments reasonably requested by either Borrower or
Dixons Treasury Management Limited, without delay, to fully effectuate the
Security Letter of Credit Release.  All references in the Agreement and related
documents to the Security Letter of Credit are hereby eliminated.

         1.      OWNED PREMISES:

                 In lieu of requiring a security interest and Real Estate
                 Security Documents with respect to all Owned Premises, now or
                 hereafter owned by Fretter, Inc. and/or any of the Related
                 Entities, the Bank only requires, in addition to the Excluded
                 Owned Premises, Real Estate Security Documents which are being
                 executed and delivered on even date hereof on 36 of the 38
                 Owned Premises listed on Exhibit "A" attached hereto (which
                 Exhibit "A" attached 
<PAGE>   2

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 2 
      


                 hereto is in lieu of Schedule "1" attached to the Loan 
                 Agreement except for purposes of identifying the Excluded 
                 Owned Premises) eliminating Greeley and Gulf to Bay.  The 
                 agreed upon aggregate Appraised Value of the Owned Premises 
                 (excluding the Excluded Owned Premises) is $37,283,000.00.  
                 Bank has accepted the Real Estate Valuation Documents and Real
                 Estate Security Documents with respect to the Owned Premises 
                 listed on Exhibit "A".  Exhibit "A" shall be amended from time
                 to time by additions or deletions thereto initialed by an 
                 officer of the Bank and officer of the Borrower.

         2.      ADDITIONAL LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY:

                 As part of the Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan,  the
                 Bank agrees to an Additional Letter of Credit Facility,
                 pursuant to which it will, from time to time, upon the request
                 of Borrower, issue Letters of Credit (each such Letter of
                 Credit so issued shall be a Capital Expenditure and a Credit
                 Advance) for the account of the Borrower or any of the Related
                 Entities (but in all events Borrower shall be primarily liable
                 therefor), the outstanding aggregate undrawn amount ("Undrawn
                 Amount") of which (including any Letters of Credit outstanding
                 at the time of the execution hereof) will not exceed the
                 lesser of $1,000,000.00, or seventy (70%) percent of the
                 aggregate Appraised Value of all items of Eligible Real Estate
                 pledged to Bank with respect to which all such Letters of
                 Credit are issued.  Furthermore, (i) the Undrawn Amount will
                 reduce the amount available under the Capital Expenditure Line
                 of Credit Loan, (ii) payment of any drafts presented under any
                 such Letter of Credit will be deemed a Cash Advance under the
                 Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan, (iii) the issuance of
                 each such Letter of Credit shall be conditioned upon Bank's
                 receipt of  Eligible Real Estate and related Real Estate
                 Valuation Documents and Real Estate Security Documents and
                 otherwise consistent with Section 2.4(a)-(d) of the Loan
                 Agreement (except for the reference to Cash Advances therein
                 which shall mean a Credit Advance hereunder in the Undrawn
                 Amount); provided further the Undrawn Amount of each such
                 Letter of Credit shall not exceed seventy (70%) percent of the
                 aggregate Appraised Value of such item of Eligible Real Estate
                 and/or Borrower is otherwise in compliance with Section 8
                 hereof; (iv) the expiry date of the Letter of Credit shall be
                 thirty (30) calendar days prior to the Termination Date; (v)
                 Borrower shall pay to Bank (in lieu of a Cash Advance Fee) a
                 one and
<PAGE>   3

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 3 



                 one-quarter percent (1 1/4%) fee per annum quarterly, in
                 advance, on the undrawn amount of the Letter of Credit,
                 provided however in the event that reserve or capital
                 requirements or any similar requirements or restrictions to
                 which Bank is or may become subject, or similar requirements
                 or restrictions to which Bank is or may become subject, are
                 hereafter imposed upon Bank by statute, regulation or rule, or
                 are determined or held to be applicable to the Bank with
                 respect to any such Letter of Credit, at any time and from
                 time to time by a court, government or governmental authority
                 having jurisdiction over Bank, which would materially increase
                 the costs to Bank of continuing any such Letter of Credit,
                 then Bank may, upon forty-five (45) calendar days prior
                 written notice to Borrower, adjust its fee(s) so as to
                 compensate Bank the fee return in effect at the date of
                 issuance of each such Letter of Credit; provided, however,
                 that no such fee adjustment shall be made if Borrower shall
                 replace the Letter of Credit within forty-five (45) calendar
                 days after receipt of notice by Borrower thereof, thereby
                 terminating Bank's liability under such Letter of Credit; (vi)
                 the Letter of Credit shall include all terms and conditions
                 thereof, and/or in any application therefor and shall, except
                 as provided for in Section (v), be subject to the policies and
                 procedures employed by Bank with respect thereto at the time
                 of application therefor and issuance thereof; (vii) except as
                 provided for in (v) above, Borrower shall pay all other
                 standard and customary fees of Bank, as set by Bank from time
                 to time, in connection with drafts presented thereunder, and
                 all other matters related to Letter of Credit operations; and
                 (viii) Bank shall use its best efforts to give Borrower
                 telephonic notice, promptly confirmed by facsimile to
                 Borrower, of Bank's receipt of any draft(s) presented under
                 the Letter of Credit.

         3.      LEASING/SUBLEASING:

                 A.       GENERAL PROVISIONS:

                          For purposes of this Section 3, the following shall
                          apply:

                          (1)     Lease means any agreement by the Borrower or
                                  any of the Related Entities demising any
                                  portion of any Owned Premises.
<PAGE>   4

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 4




                          (2)     Existing Lease means any Lease existing as of
                                  the date hereof.
 
                          (3)     Future Lease means any Lease proposed or 
                                  entered into after the date hereof.

                          (4)     Approved Lease means any Existing Lease or
                                  Future Lease which has been Approved, and
                                  further provided any such Approved Lease will
                                  not be modified, amended or altered in any
                                  material and adverse way without the prior
                                  written consent of Bank.  For purposes of the
                                  foregoing, materially shall mean any
                                  amendment, modification or alteration which
                                  affects the information supplied to Bank as
                                  items 4 and 5 on the Request For Lease
                                  Approval applicable thereto.

                          (5)     Approved means Bank has granted an Approval
                                  in writing by indicating such Approval on the
                                  Request for Lease Approval referenced in
                                  Section 3 (c) (2) (iii).

                          (6)     Approval means the approval of Bank; which
                                  shall not be unreasonably withheld or
                                  delayed, provided Bank has, with respect to
                                  any Future Lease, received from Borrower or
                                  any of the Related Entities, and may
                                  consider, among other matters reasonably
                                  required by Bank, the creditworthiness of the
                                  proposed lessee, and the term, and financial
                                  provisions of, such Future Lease, in order to
                                  determine that such Future Lease is at fair
                                  market value consistent with the Appraised
                                  Value of such Owned Premises.

                          (7)     Appraised Value shall mean the Appraisal
                                  Amount of each Owned Premises set forth on
                                  Exhibit "A", as the same may be amended from
                                  time to time, or, as applicable, the
                                  Appraised Value (as defined in the Loan
                                  Agreement) or As Completed Appraised Value
                                  (as defined in the Loan Agreement) if such
                                  Owned Premises is not listed on Exhibit "A".
<PAGE>   5

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 5




                          (8)     Owned Premises means any Owned Premises with
                                  respect to which Bank has been granted a
                                  mortgage, including any contiguous parcel.

                          (9)     Preapproved Amount shall mean 7500 square
                                  feet or less of any Owned Premises, after
                                  application of the Aggregation Rule, demised
                                  by any Future Lease.

                          (10)    Aggregation Rule shall mean, in determining
                                  the Preapproved Amount, aggregating the
                                  square feet of any Future Lease, with the
                                  square feet of all other Leases demising any
                                  portion of the same Owned Premises, which are
                                  not Approved Leases.

                          (11)    Leasing Pool shall mean the aggregate
                                  Appraised Value in the amount of
                                  $3,500,000.00 of all Owned Premises with
                                  respect to which any lease exists which is
                                  not an Approved Lease.

                 B.       APPROVAL OF EXISTING LEASES:

                          Bank hereby approves each Existing Lease.

                 C.       APPROVAL OF FUTURE LEASES:

                          (1)     Any Future Lease requiring the Bank to grant
                                  non-disturbance rights to the lessee thereof,
                                  shall require Approval.

                          (2)     Any Future Lease not requiring the Bank to 
                                  grant non-disturbance rights to the lessee 
                                  thereof:

                                  (i)      will not, if such Future Lease 
                                           demises the Preapproved Amount or 
                                           less, require Approval; and

                                  (ii)     will, if such Future Lease demises
                                           more than the Preapproved Amount, or
                                           would after giving effect thereto
                                           result in a violation of 3 D,
                                           require Approval.
<PAGE>   6

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 6




                                  (iii)    Borrower and the applicable Related
                                           Entity, if any, shall submit to Bank
                                           for Approval, any lease or sublease
                                           requiring an Approval, by
                                           preparation and delivery to Bank of
                                           a Request for Lease Approval in the
                                           form attached hereto, together with
                                           any attachments required thereby.

                 D.       RESTRICTION:

                          At no time shall Borrowers have Leases in effect,
                          which are not Approved Leases, with respect to Owned
                          Premises whose aggregate Appraised Value exceeds the
                          Leasing Pool.

         4.      RELEASE PROVISION:

                 A.       PROPERTY WITH RESPECT TO WHICH NO CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
                          HAS BEEN MADE:

                          Bank agrees that it will terminate its Real Estate
                          Security Documents with respect to any Owned Premises
                          ("Letter of Credit Released Property") with respect
                          to which no Money Advance has been made under the
                          Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan if:

                          (1)     it receives additional Eligible Real Estate
                                  ("Substituted Owned Premises") acceptable to
                                  Bank in the reasonable exercise of its
                                  discretion, with an Appraised Value, of not
                                  less than the Appraised Value of the Letter
                                  of Credit Released Property, provided
                                  however, that after giving effect to such
                                  Substituted Owned Premises, Borrower and the
                                  Related Entities have not exchanged or
                                  substituted the aggregate Appraised Value of
                                  retail space for warehouse space by more than
                                  $6,500,000.00; or

                          (2)     it receives cash collateral in an amount
                                  equal to 70% of the Appraised Value of the
                                  Letter of Credit Released Property; or

                          (3)     it receives any combination of 4 A(1) and (2).
<PAGE>   7

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 7




                 B.       PROPERTY WITH RESPECT TO WHICH A CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
                          HAS BEEN MADE:

                          Bank agrees that it will terminate its Real Estate
                          Security Documents with respect to any Owned Premises
                          ("Capital Expenditure Released Property") with
                          respect to which it has made a Money Advance under
                          the Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan if:

                          (1)     (a)      the remaining principal balance of
                                           the Money Advance under the Capital
                                           Expenditure Line of Credit Loan,
                                           evidenced by the Capital
                                           Expenditures Promissory Note (Line
                                           of Credit), made with respect to the
                                           Capital Expenditure Released
                                           Property is paid off; and

                                  (b)      the remaining principal balance of
                                           the Money Advance under the Capital
                                           Expenditure Line of Credit Loan,
                                           evidenced by any Promissory Note
                                           (Term Loan), made with respect to
                                           the Capital Expenditure Released
                                           Property is paid off, provided
                                           however, the amount to be paid off
                                           under this Section 4 B(1)(b) shall
                                           be determined by multiplying the
                                           unpaid principal amount outstanding
                                           under the Promissory Note (Term
                                           Loan) evidencing such Capital
                                           Expenditure by a percentage
                                           determined by a fraction, the
                                           numerator of which the original
                                           principal amount of such Capital
                                           Expenditure evidenced by such
                                           Promissory Note (Term Loan) and the
                                           denominator of which is the original
                                           principal amount of such Promissory
                                           Note (Term Loan).

                          (2)     if such Capital Expenditure Released Property
                                  is listed on Exhibit "A" (i.e., the Appraised
                                  Value of such Capital Expenditure Released
                                  Property is required to meet the Letter of
                                  Credit Collateral Value) then the conditions
                                  of 4 A hereof must also be met; or

                          (3)     it receives or has received additional
                                  Eligible Real Estate acceptable to Bank
                                  (who's
<PAGE>   8

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 8



                 Appraised Value is not required to meet the Letter of Credit
                 Collateral Value) with an Appraised Value of not less than the
                 Appraised Value of the Capital Expenditure Released Property.
                 With respect to this Section 4 B(3) the amount to be paid to
                 the Bank to obtain a termination of Real Estate Security
                 Documents for any Capital Expenditure Released Property may be
                 reduced by the amount, if any, which Borrower is then
                 authorized to borrow, but has not then borrowed under the
                 Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan, all in accordance
                 with the Certification as defined and contemplated in Section
                 8 hereof.

         5.      MISCELLANEOUS:

                 A.       EXISTENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT:

                          If an Event of Default exists, Bank has no obligation
                          to:

                          (1)     LEASES:

                                  Approve any leases, and no leases may be 
                                  entered into.

                          (2)     LETTERS OF CREDIT:

                                  Issue any Letters of Credit.

                          (3)  RELEASES:

                                  Release any Owned Premises.

                 B.       BT CREDIT AGREEMENT:

                          The term BT Credit Agreement shall mean the BT Credit
                          Agreement (as defined in the Loan Agreement), but in
                          all events as if the same were then in existence.

                 C.       USE OF PROCEEDS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURE LINE OF CREDIT
                          LOAN:

                          Borrower may use any Cash Advance under the Capital
                          Expenditure Line of Credit Loan (except for any Cash
                          Advance in payment of a draft presented under
<PAGE>   9

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 9



                          any Letter of Credit issued under the Capital
                          Expenditure Loan) for any Capital Expenditure (other
                          than issuance of a Letter of Credit) with respect to
                          any Premises now or hereafter owned or acquired by
                          the Borrower or any of the Related Entities.

                 D.       EVENT OF DEFAULT:

                          (1)     Section 1.36(b) of the  Agreement is amended
                                  and restated as follows:

                                  (b)      the existence of a Default as
                                           defined in the Credit Agreement
                                           among Fretter, Inc., as Borrower,
                                           and BT Commercial Corporation, as
                                           Agent, and the various "Lenders"
                                           from time to time party thereto
                                           dated as of even date herewith ("BT
                                           Credit Agreement") which has not
                                           been cured or waived by the Agent,
                                           provided further that Bank approves
                                           any such waiver however, if the
                                           Default by Borrower under the BT
                                           Credit Agreement which has not cured
                                           or waived by Agent is of such a
                                           nature that its existence would not
                                           have a materially adverse effect
                                           upon Bank or its ability to realize
                                           on its Collateral, then the same
                                           shall not constitute an Event of
                                           Default by Borrower hereunder; or
                          
                          (2)     The Events of Default contained in Section
                                  9.1 of the BT Credit Agreement are
                                  incorporated in the  Agreement by reference,
                                  and shall survive and continue to be included
                                  in the  Agreement whether or not the BT
                                  Credit Agreement is in effect, provided
                                  however that in incorporating such
                                  provisions, the following defined terms used
                                  in the BT Credit Agreement shall include the
                                  following defined terms used in the
                                  Agreement, and further provided that no
                                  amendments or modifications of any provision
                                  in Section 9.1 of the BT Credit Agreement
                                  (all of which Borrower shall give prompt
                                  notice in writing to Bank) shall be deemed
                                  incorporated in the  Agreement or binding on
                                  Bank unless Bank determines, at any time, to
                                  so incorporate one or more of any such
                                  amendments
<PAGE>   10

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 10



                                  or modifications and the original provisions
                                  of Section 9.1 shall remain incorporated in
                                  the  Agreement unless and until Bank elects
                                  to incorporate any one or more of them as
                                  hereinabove provided:

                                  (i)      The defined term "Credit Agreement"
                                           as used in the BT Credit Agreement
                                           shall include the  Agreement, and
                                           furthermore shall mean the BT Credit
                                           Agreement as if the same were then
                                           in existence.

                                  (ii)     The defined term "Credit Documents"
                                           as used in the BT Credit Agreement
                                           shall include the  Agreement, the
                                           Notes and the Collateral Documents,
                                           and furthermore shall mean the BT
                                           Credit Documents as if the same were
                                           then in existence.

                                  (iii)    The terms "Agent" and Lenders" as
                                           used in the BT Credit Agreement
                                           shall each include the Bank, and
                                           furthermore shall mean the Agent and
                                           Lender as if they each still existed
                                           under the BT Credit Agreement and BT
                                           Credit Documents as incorporated
                                           under (a) and (b) above.

         6.      CHANGE OF ADDRESS:

                 Bank acknowledges that Borrower's address has been changed to
                 12501 Grand River Avenue, Brighton, Michigan  48118.

         7.      APPRAISAL REVIEW DEPARTMENT:

                 The term Bank's Appraisal Review Department, as utilized in
                 the  Agreement shall mean any department or person of the Bank
                 as designated by Bank.

         8.      COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE:

                 With each request for a Money Advance (Cash Advance or Credit
                 Advance) under the Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan,
                 Borrower shall submit to Bank a Certification of Capital
                 Expenditure Line of Credit Loan Base ("Certification"), in the
                 form attached hereto, in addition to all other requirements of
                 the Agreement.  As of the date hereof the attached form is
                 true and
<PAGE>   11

Fretter, Inc.
December 8, 1994
Page 11



                 accurate.  At no time shall any Money Advances outstanding
                 under the Capital Expenditure Line of Credit Loan exceed the
                 Maximum Available, after giving effect to each Money Advance
                 requested thereunder as set forth in each such Certification.

         9.      SURVIVAL:

                 Except as herein amended, the  Agreement, Note, and Collateral
                 Documents shall remain in full force and effect.


                             Very truly yours,

                             MICHIGAN NATIONAL BANK,
                              A NATIONAL BANKING ASSOCIATION


                            By:_________________________
                                 Frederick W. Puleo
                               Its: Vice President      


                            Fretter, Inc., a Michigan corporation

                            By:__________________________
                                    Stuart Garson
                               Its: General Counsel     

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13



                      FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

                 THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
entered into as of January 26, 1994 by and among Fretter, Inc., a Michigan
corporation (the "Borrower"), the LENDERS listed on the signature pages hereof,
and BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION, as Agent, in its capacity as Agent for the
Lenders.  Words and phrases having defined meanings in the Credit Agreement
referred to below shall have the same respective meanings when used herein,
unless otherwise expressly defined herein

                                  WITNESSETH:

                 WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a Credit
Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1993 (the "Credit Agreement"), relating to
a revolving credit facility in amount not to exceed $140,000,000 for the
Borrower's ongoing working capital, letter of credit and general corporate
needs; and

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that portion of the credit
facility available for the issuance of Letters of Credit be increased from
$15,000,000 to $25,000,000;

                 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements set forth herein and for other consideration the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                 1.  Amendments to Credit Agreement.  Subject to and
conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent set forth
in Section 2 hereof Section 3.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the term "$15,000,000" contained therein and inserting the term
"$25,000,000" therefor.

                 2.  Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Waiver
Effectiveness.  The amendments and modifications set forth in Section 1 hereof
shall become effective upon, and are expressly conditioned upon, the
fulfillment of each of the following conditions precedent:

                          (a)  The Agent shall have received original executed
         counterparts of this Amendment from the Borrower and each of the
         Lenders.

                          (b)  The Agent shall have received a copy of a
         resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower authorizing the
         execution and delivery of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary
         or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower.

                          (c)  Each Subsidiary of the Borrower which has
         executed a Guarantee shall have executed a Consent satisfactory in
         form and substance to the Agent reaffirming






<PAGE>   2




         such Subsidiary's obligations under its respective Guarantee and
         consenting to the Borrower's execution, delivery and performance of
         this Amendment.

                 3.  Representations and Warranties.  In order to induce the
Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby represents and
warrants to the Lenders as follows:

                          (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by the
         Borrower of this Amendment (i) are within the Borrower's corporate
         powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
         action, (iii) require no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
         any governmental body, agency or official, (iv) do not contravene, or
         constitute a default under, any provision of any applicable law,
         statute, ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
         restriction or of the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or By-
         Laws of the Borrower, (v) do not contravene, or constitute a default
         under, any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture,
         contract, lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Borrower
         is a party or by which the Borrower or any of its assets are bound and
         (vi) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon
         any asset of the Borrower under any existing indenture, mortgage, deed
         of trust, loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to
         which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its assets may
         be bound or affected.

                          (b)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement as
         amended by this Amendment are the legal, valid and binding obligation
         of the Borrower, and are enforceable against the Borrower in
         accordance with their terms.

                          (c)  The representations and warranties contained in
         the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true and
         correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as
         though made on the date hereof, except to the extent that such
         representations expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which
         case such representations and warranties were true and accurate on and
         as of such earlier date).

                          (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and 
         is continuing.

                 4.  Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.  Upon
the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to
"the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof", "herein", or words of like import,
shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby and
each reference to the Credit Agreement in any other Credit Document shall mean
and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3



                 5.  Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Borrower hereby
reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Lenders that, except as modified hereby,
the Credit Agreement and all of the Credit Documents remain in full force and
effect and have not been otherwise waived, modified or amended.  Except as
expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.  The Borrower
acknowledges that all legal expenses of the Agent related to this Amendment
shall be paid by the Borrower.

                 6.  Choice of Law.  This Amendment has been delivered in
Chicago, Illinois, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the laws and decisions of the State
of Illinois without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles
thereunder.

                 7.  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  One or more
counterparts of this Amendment may be delivered by telecopier, with the
intention that they shall have the same effect as an original counterpart
thereof.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit
Agreement to be executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized
officers as of the date set forth above.

                                                            BORROWER:

                                                   FRETTER, INC.,
                                                   a Michigan corporation


                                                   By________________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   AGENT:

                                                   BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION,
                                                   as Agent


                                                   By________________________
                                                        Vice President

                                                   LENDER:

                                                   BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION


                                                   By_______________________
                                                             Vice President





                                       3
<PAGE>   4


                                    CONSENT

                 By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of November 30, 1993 (each a
"Guarantee"), each of the undersigned (the "Guarantors") guaranteed to the
Guaranteed Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms, conditions and
limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment and performance of all of the
Guaranteed Obligations (as defined therein).  Each of the Guarantor consents to
the Borrower's execution of the foregoing First Amendment to Credit Agreement
and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and effectiveness of
the Guarantee executed by it with respect to all loans, advances and extensions
of credit to the Borrower, whether heretofore or hereafter made, together with
all interest thereon and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                             FRETTER AUTO SOUND, INC.
                                             FRETTER ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.
                                             FRED SCHMID APPLIANCE & TV CO.
                                             FRETTER REAL ESTATE COMPANY FRETTER
                                             SILO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                             SILO, INC.
                                             SILO CALIFORNIA, INC.
                                             SILO-DIXON, INC.
                                             DIXONS U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.
                                             FRETTER WAREHOUSE COMPANY, INC.


                                             By_______________________
                                             Title:

Dated:  January 26, 1994





                                       4

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14


                SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

                 THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this
"Amendment") is entered into as of October 28, 1994 by and among Fretter, Inc.,
a Michigan corporation (the "Borrower"), the LENDERS listed on the signature
pages hereof, and BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION, as Agent, in its capacity as Agent
for the Lenders.  Words and phrases having defined meanings in the Existing
Credit Agreement referred to below shall have the same respective meanings when
used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined herein

                                  WITNESSETH:

                 WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a Credit
Agreement, dated as of November 30, 1993, relating to a revolving credit
facility in an amount not to exceed $140,000,000 for the Borrower's ongoing
working capital, letter of credit and general corporate needs, as amended by
that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of January 26, 1994
(as so amended, the "Existing Credit Agreement");

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders (i)
increase their respective Commitments by an aggregate amount equal to
$15,000,000 for the period commencing October 28, 1994 and ending January 31,
1995 and (ii) increase the advance rate against Eligible Inventory from fifty
percent (50%) to sixty percent (60%) during such period; and

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower has further requested that each of the
Lenders confirm and consent to the Agent's right to include in the Borrowing
Base as Eligible Inventory certain in transit and prepaid Inventory of the
Borrower;

                 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements set forth herein and for other consideration the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                 1.  Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement.  Subject to
and conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent set
forth in Section 3 hereto:

                 1.1  Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following definitions thereto in proper alphabetical
order:

                          1994 Additional Seasonal Commitment of a Lender means
         its additional commitment to make Revolving Loans and to participate
         in Letters of Credit, up to the amount set forth opposite its name on
         Annex I of that certain Second Amendment to this Credit Agreement
         dated as of October 28, 1994, as such amount may be reduced from time
         to time.  At





                                        
<PAGE>   2

         all times after January 31, 1995 the 1994 Additional Seasonal
         Commitment of each Lender shall be $0.

                          1994 Holiday Season  means the period from and
         including October 28, 1994 to and including January 31, 1995.

                 1.2  Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the definition of Borrowing Base set forth therein and
inserting the following therefor:

                 Borrowing Base means the sum of:

                          (A)  eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts
                 Receivable, plus

                          (B)  at all times other than during the 1994 Holiday
                 Season, fifty percent (50%) of Eligible Inventory, and, during
                 the 1994 Holiday Season, sixty percent (60%) of Eligible
                 Inventory, minus

                          (C)  the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, 
                 established by the Agent under Section 2.1(b).

                 1.3  Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the definition of Commitment set forth therein and
inserting the following therefor:

                      Commitment of a Lender means its commitment to make
         Revolving Loans and to participate in Letters of Credit, up to the
         amount set forth opposite its name on Annex I plus, during the 1994
         Holiday Season, the amount of such Lender's 1994 Additional Seasonal
         Commitment, as such amounts may be reduced from time to time.

                 2.  Note Modification Agreement.  Subject to and conditioned
upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3
hereto, each of the Revolving Notes executed by the Borrower in favor of the
Lenders are hereby amended to increase the stated principal amount thereof to
an amount equal to such Lenders' respective Commitments in effect under the
Existing Credit Agreement plus the amount of their respective 1994 Additional
Seasonal Commitment.  Such Revolving Notes shall automatically be amended on
January 31, 1995 to the respective amounts in effect prior to the effectiveness
of this Amendment upon, and only upon, the reduction of the aggregate principal
balance of the Revolving Loans plus the Letter of Credit Obligations to an
amount not to exceed $140,000,000.

                 3.  Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Waiver
Effectiveness.  The amendments and modifications set forth in Sections 1 and 2
hereof shall become effective upon, and are expressly conditioned upon, the
fulfillment of each of the following conditions precedent:





                                       2
<PAGE>   3



                          (a)  The Agent shall have received original executed
         counterparts of this Amendment from the Borrower and each of the
         Lenders.

                          (b)  The Agent shall have received a copy of a
         resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower authorizing the
         execution and delivery of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary
         or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower.

                          (c)  Each Subsidiary of the Borrower which has
         executed a Guarantee shall have executed a Consent satisfactory in
         form and substance to the Agent reaffirming such Subsidiary's
         obligations under its respective Guarantee and consenting to the
         Borrower's execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment.

                          (d)  The Agent shall have received an opinion of
         counsel of the Borrower as to such matters and otherwise in form and
         substance satisfactory to the Agent.

                          (e)  The Agent shall have received for the account of
         the Lenders a fee equal to $150,000.  The Agent shall distribute such
         fee to the Lenders on a pro rata basis based upon their respective
         1994 Additional Seasonal Commitments.

                 4.  Acknowledgment and Consent of the Lenders.  Each of the
Lenders hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees that, pursuant to the terms of
the Existing Credit Agreement, the Agent may from time to time include in the
Borrowing Base as Eligible Inventory, Inventory which is in transit to the
Borrower from its suppliers and/or Inventory which has been paid for by the
Borrower pending shipment from such suppliers.  Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, each of the Lenders hereby consents to the inclusion of such
items of in transit and prepaid Inventory in the Borrowing Base during the term
of the 1994 Holiday Season (as defined above).

                 5.  Representations and Warranties.  In order to induce the
Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby represents and
warrants to the Lenders as follows:

                          (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by the
         Borrower of this Amendment (i) are within the Borrower's corporate
         powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
         action, (iii) require no action by or in respect of, or filing with,
         any governmental body, agency or official, (iv) do not contravene, or
         constitute a default under, any provision of any applicable law,
         statute, ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
         restriction or of the Articles or Certificate of Incorporation or By-
         Laws of the Borrower, (v) do not contravene, or constitute a default
         under, any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture,
         contract,





                                       3
<PAGE>   4



         lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Borrower is a party
         or by which the Borrower or any of its assets are bound and (vi) will
         not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any asset of
         the Borrower under any existing indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
         loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the
         Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound
         or affected.

                          (b)  This Amendment and the Existing Credit Agreement
         as amended by this Amendment are the legal, valid and binding
         obligation of the Borrower, and are enforceable against the Borrower
         in accordance with their terms.

                          (c)  The representations and warranties contained in
         the Existing Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are true
         and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as
         though made on the date hereof, except to the extent that such
         representations expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which
         case such representations and warranties were true and accurate on and
         as of such earlier date).

                          (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and 
         is continuing.

                 6.  Reference to and Effect Upon the Existing Credit
Agreement.  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
Existing Credit Agreement to "the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof", "herein",
or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Existing Credit
Agreement, as amended hereby, and each reference to the Existing Credit
Agreement in any other Credit Document shall mean and be a reference to the
Existing Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                 7.  Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Borrower hereby
reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Lenders that, except as modified hereby,
the Existing Credit Agreement and all of the Credit Documents remain in full
force and effect and have not been otherwise waived, modified or amended.
Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the
Existing Credit Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
The Borrower acknowledges that all legal expenses of the Agent related to this
Amendment shall be paid by the Borrower.
                       
                 8.  Choice of Law.  This Amendment has been delivered in
Chicago, Illinois, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement and the laws and decisions of
the State of Illinois without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles
thereunder.

                 9.  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the





                                       4
<PAGE>   5


same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Amendment may be delivered
by telecopier, with the intention that they shall have the same effect as an
original counterpart thereof.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Amendment to be executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized
officers as of the date set forth above.

                                                            BORROWER:

                                                   FRETTER, INC.,
                                                   a Michigan corporation


                                                   By________________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   AGENT:

                                                   BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION,
                                                   as Agent

                                                   By________________________
                                                        Vice President

                                                   LENDERS:

                                                   BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION


                                                   By_______________________
                                                        Vice President

                                                   SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT 
                                                   CORPORATION


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   LASALLE NATIONAL BANK


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   MERCANTILE BUSINESS CREDIT,
                                                   INC.
  




                                       5
<PAGE>   6



                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:


                                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK 
                                                   COMMERCIAL CORPORATION


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   NATIONSBANK BUSINESS CREDIT


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   NATIONAL CANADA FINANCE CORP.


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:

                                                   NBD BANK, N.A.


                                                   By_______________________
                                                   Title:




                                       6
<PAGE>   7



                                    CONSENT

                 By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of November 30, 1993 (each a
"Guarantee"), each of the undersigned (the "Guarantors") guaranteed to the
Guaranteed Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms, conditions and
limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment and performance of all of the
Guaranteed Obligations (as defined therein).  Each Guarantor consents to the
Borrower's execution of the foregoing Second Amendment and Consent to Credit
Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
effectiveness of the Guarantee executed by it with respect to all loans,
advances and extensions of credit to the Borrower, whether heretofore or
hereafter made, together with all interest thereon and all expenses in
connection therewith.

                                             FRETTER AUTO SOUND, INC.
                                             FRETTER ACQUISITION COMPANY, INC.
                                             FRED SCHMID APPLIANCE & TV CO.
                                             FRETTER REAL ESTATE COMPANY FRETTER
                                             SILO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                             SILO, INC.
                                             SILO CALIFORNIA, INC.
                                             SILO-DIXON, INC.
                                             DIXONS U.S. HOLDINGS, INC.
                                             FRETTER WAREHOUSE COMPANY, INC.


                                             By_______________________
                                             Title:

Dated:  October 28, 1994





                                       7
<PAGE>   8



                                    ANNEX I
                                       TO
                SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
                          Dated as of October 28, 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994 Additional
Lender                                                      Seasonal Commitment
- ------                                                      -------------------
<S>                                                         <C>

BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION                                   $1,608,000

SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION                           $2,676,000

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK                               $1,608,000

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                                       $1,608,000

MERCANTILE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.                            $1,608,000

THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
CORPORATION                                                 $1,608,000

HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.                                      $1,071,000

NATIONSBANK BUSINESS CREDIT                                 $1,071,000

NATIONAL CANADA FINANCE CORP.                               $1,071,000

NBD BANK, N.A.                                              $1,071,000


                                                   TOTAL:   $15,000,000
</TABLE>


                                                                 8

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20
                                 FRETTER, INC.
                         1993 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                 FRETTER, INC., a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), upon
the recommendation of the Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors (the "Committee") and pursuant to the Fretter, Inc. 1993
Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board and approved by its
stockholders, and in consideration of the services to be rendered to the
Company by Dale Campbell (the "Employee"), hereby grants, as of the Date of
Grant, as defined below, to Employee an option to purchase One Hundred
Twenty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred (127,500) shares (the "Option") of the
Company's Common Stock (the "Shares"), at the Option Price, as defined below,
on the terms and conditions contained in this Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement (the "Agreement") and subject to all the terms and conditions of the
Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein.  This Agreement replaces and
supersedes any prior documents relating to the Option and the Shares described
herein.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall
have the meanings defined in the Plan.


                      I.   DATE OF GRANT AND OPTION PRICE

                 The Date of Grant shall be as of February 2, 1994.  The Option
Price shall be $3.50 per share.


                            II.   EXERCISE OF OPTION

                 Employee may exercise this Option at any time on or after
February 2, 1997, but not later than ten (10) years and six months from the
Date of Grant, subject only to prior termination or modification of the Plan
and in accordance with and subject to the expiration provisions contained in
Section IV.


                             III.  TRANSFERABILITY

                 This Option may not be transferred by Employee, except by will
or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to the terms of a domestic
relations order, as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code, which
satisfies the requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code (a "Qualified
Domestic Relations Order").  During Employee's lifetime, the Option shall be
exercisable only by Employee, his personal representative, or an alternate
payee under the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order pursuant to and
in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.  The
Option shall not otherwise be
<PAGE>   2

transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for any purpose whatsoever, and
is not subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  Any attempted
assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation or other disposition of the
Option, other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be
void and of no effect.


                            IV.  MANNER OF EXERCISE

                 This Option may be exercised, in accordance with Section II
above, by delivery (personally or by certified or registered mail in accordance
with Section VIII below) of a written notice to the Company's Secretary
specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment in
the form of cash or check for those Shares and applicable withholding taxes.
At the election of Employee, such payment may be made in cash, check, by
delivery of certificate(s) representing shares of Company Common Stock
previously held by the Employee, duly endorsed for transfer, or by delivery of
Shares issuable to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option
(provided that for Participants defined as "Officers" under the terms of the
Plan, the Company shall automatically withhold Shares sufficient to pay
withholding taxes and no other election shall be permitted).  Any shares
delivered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be
valued at the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of
Employee's exercise of the Option or any part thereof.  Any fractional shares
not required for payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be paid for by the
Company in cash at the same value used for Employee's surrender of the
previously owned Shares.  The Option shall be exercised in accordance with such
administrative regulations as the Administrator of the Plan shall from time to
time adopt.


                                 V.  EXPIRATION

                 All unexercised rights under the Option shall expire on the
date specified in Section II above or on the date specified in this Section V
in the event that Employee's engagement as a employee to the Company is
terminated ("Termination").

                          (a)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         due to Employee's death before the expiration date specified in
         Section II, the right to exercise the Option shall be accelerated, and
         the Option may be exercised, whether or not otherwise exercisable by
         the Employee on the date of Employee's death, by the Employee's
         Beneficiary, within one year from the later of the date of the
         Employee's death or January 1, 1997.

                          (b)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         for any reason other than death (including disability or retirement)
         or "cause" as defined in
<PAGE>   3

         Section 8.4(d) of the Plan, the Option may be exercised, to the extent
         it was exercisable by the Employee on the date of such termination,
         within ninety days of such termination.  In the event of the death of
         the Participant within the ninety day period following termination of
         employment, his award may be exercised by his Beneficiary within the
         one year period provided in subparagraph (a) above.

                          (c)     Upon Employee's Termination for "cause", as
         defined in Section 8.02(d) of the Plan, the Option shall terminate
         immediately.


                 VI.   NON-ISSUANCE AND RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

                 The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
Shares upon Employee's exercise of the Option:

                          (a)     Prior to the admission of such Shares to
         listing on any public exchange on which the Company's common stock may
         be listed; or

                          (b)     Prior to the completion of any proceedings
         under any applicable state or federal securities law, rule or
         regulation that the Company or its counsel determines to be necessary
         or advisable to the issuance of the Shares.

Employee shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares
until certificates evidencing the Shares have been issued and delivered to
Employee.  While the Company will attempt to process the exercise of the Option
as promptly as possible, it cannot guarantee a delivery date for the
certificates.


                              VII.  REORGANIZATION

                 If prior to the expiration of the Option, the Shares then
subject to the Option shall be affected by any recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in
capitalization affecting the Company Common Stock, the Company will
appropriately adjust the number and kind of Shares covered by the Option and
the Option Price per share as is necessary to prevent dilution or the
enlargement of rights which might otherwise result.

                                 VIII.  NOTICE

                 All notices given pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be  duly given when
personally delivered or when mailed, if sent by certified or registered mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and
<PAGE>   4

addressed as follows, or to such other address as the parties may indicate:

                 If to the Company:  Fretter, Inc.
                                     12501 Grand River Avenue
                                     Brighton, Michigan  48116


                 If to the Employee:  
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     -----------------------------------

                 With a Required
                 Copy of any
                 Notice to:          Stuart Garson                 
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     Fretter, Inc.                 
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     12501 Grand River Avenue      
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     Brighton, Michigan  48116     
                                     -----------------------------------


                     IX.  NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT CONFERRED

                 Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the
Employee any right to continue in employment with the Company or a subsidiary
or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary to
terminate such person's employment at any time.


                                X.  SEVERABILITY

                 If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or
unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be in full force and
effect to the maximum extent permitted by law.  If the implementation or
presence of any provision of this Agreement would or will cause the Plan and
thereby the Shares purchased thereunder to not be in compliance with Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other statutory provision,
such Agreement provision shall not be implemented or, at the Company's option
following notice, such provision shall be severed from the Agreement as is
appropriate or necessary to achieve statutory compliance; provided, however,
that the parties hereby agree to negotiate in good faith as may be necessary to
modify this Agreement to achieve statutory compliance or otherwise effectuate
the intent of the parties following a severance permitted by this Section X.
<PAGE>   5

                                 XI.  AMENDMENT

                 As of the Date of Grant, this instrument will contain the
entire Agreement of the parties with respect to the Option and may only be
amended by written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective
successors, as permitted by Section III above.


                              XII.  GOVERNING LAW

                 This Agreement is made and entered into and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.

                                XIII.  HEADINGS

                 The section numbers and headings contained in this Agreement
are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.


                           XIV.  ACCEPTANCE OF OPTION

                 The exercise of the Option is conditioned upon the acceptance
by the Employee of the terms hereof as evidenced by his or her execution of
this Agreement and the return of an executed copy to the Secretary of the
Company.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 1993 Long Term Incentive Plan
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is effective as of February 2, 1994.

                                  
                                   "COMPANY"
                                   FRETTER, INC.
                                   a Michigan corporation


                                   By
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         John Hurley
                                   Its: President

                                   "EMPLOYEE"


                                   ------------------------------------
                                   Dale Campbell

<PAGE>   1

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.21

                                 FRETTER, INC.
                         1993 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                 FRETTER, INC., a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), upon
the recommendation of the Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors (the "Committee") and pursuant to the Fretter, Inc. 1993
Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board and approved by its
stockholders, and in consideration of the services to be rendered to the
Company by Danny Hourigan (the "Employee"), hereby grants, as of the Date of
Grant, as defined below, to Employee an option to purchase One Hundred
Twenty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred (127,500) shares (the "Option") of the
Company's Common Stock (the "Shares"), at the Option Price, as defined below,
on the terms and conditions contained in this Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement (the "Agreement") and subject to all the terms and conditions of the
Plan, which are incorporated by reference herein.  This Agreement replaces and
supersedes any prior documents relating to the Option and the Shares described
herein.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall
have the meanings defined in the Plan.


                      I.   DATE OF GRANT AND OPTION PRICE

                 The Date of Grant shall be as of February 2, 1994.  The Option
Price shall be $3.50 per share.


                            II.   EXERCISE OF OPTION

                 Employee may exercise this Option at any time on or after
February 2, 1997, but not later than ten (10) years and six months from the
Date of Grant, subject only to prior termination or modification of the Plan
and in accordance with and subject to the expiration provisions contained in
Section IV.


                             III.  TRANSFERABILITY

                 This Option may not be transferred by Employee, except by will
or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to the terms of a domestic
relations order, as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code, which
satisfies the requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code (a "Qualified
Domestic Relations Order").  During Employee's lifetime, the Option shall be
exercisable only by Employee, his personal representative, or an

                                     -1-
<PAGE>   2

alternate payee under the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this
Agreement.  The Option shall not otherwise be transferred, assigned, pledged or
hypothecated for any purpose whatsoever, and is not subject to execution,
attachment or similar process.  Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge or
hypothecation or other disposition of the Option, other than in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, shall be void and of no effect.


                            IV.  MANNER OF EXERCISE

                 This Option may be exercised, in accordance with Section II
above, by delivery (personally or by certified or registered mail in accordance
with Section VIII below) of a written notice to the Company's Secretary
specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment in
the form of cash or check for those Shares and applicable withholding taxes.
At the election of Employee, such payment may be made in cash, check, by
delivery of certificate(s) representing shares of Company Common Stock
previously held by the Employee, duly endorsed for transfer, or by delivery of
Shares issuable to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option
(provided that for Participants defined as "Officers" under the terms of the
Plan, the Company shall automatically withhold Shares sufficient to pay
withholding taxes and no other election shall be permitted).  Any shares
delivered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be
valued at the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of
Employee's exercise of the Option or any part thereof.  Any fractional shares
not required for payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be paid for by the
Company in cash at the same value used for Employee's surrender of the
previously owned Shares.  The Option shall be exercised in accordance with such
administrative regulations as the Administrator of the Plan shall from time to
time adopt.


                                 V.  EXPIRATION

                 All unexercised rights under the Option shall expire on the
date specified in Section II above or on the date specified in this Section V
in the event that Employee's engagement as a employee to the Company is
terminated ("Termination").

                          (a)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         due to Employee's death before the expiration date specified in
         Section II, the right to exercise the Option shall be accelerated, and
         the Option may be exercised, whether or not otherwise exercisable by
         the Employee on the date of Employee's death, by the





                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   3

         Employee's Beneficiary, within one year from the later of the date of
         the Employee's death or January 1, 1997.

                          (b)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         for any reason other than death (including disability or retirement)
         or "cause" as defined in Section 8.4(d) of the Plan, the Option may be
         exercised, to the extent it was exercisable by the Employee on the
         date of such termination, within ninety days of such termination.  In
         the event of the death of the Participant within the ninety day period
         following termination of employment, his award may be exercised by his
         Beneficiary within the one year period provided in subparagraph (a)
         above.

                          (c)     Upon Employee's Termination for "cause", as
         defined in Section 8.02(d) of the Plan, the Option shall terminate
         immediately.


                 VI.   NON-ISSUANCE AND RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

                 The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
Shares upon Employee's exercise of the Option:

                          (a)     Prior to the admission of such Shares to
         listing on any public exchange on which the Company's common stock may
         be listed; or

                          (b)     Prior to the completion of any proceedings
         under any applicable state or federal securities law, rule or
         regulation that the Company or its counsel determines to be necessary
         or advisable to the issuance of the Shares.

Employee shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares
until certificates evidencing the Shares have been issued and delivered to
Employee.  While the Company will attempt to process the exercise of the Option
as promptly as possible, it cannot guarantee a delivery date for the
certificates.


                              VII.  REORGANIZATION

                 If prior to the expiration of the Option, the Shares then
subject to the Option shall be affected by any recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in
capitalization affecting the Company Common Stock, the Company will
appropriately adjust the number and kind of Shares covered by the Option and
the Option Price per share as is necessary to prevent dilution or the
enlargement of rights which might otherwise result.





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   4


                                 VIII.  NOTICE

                 All notices given pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be  duly given when
personally delivered or when mailed, if sent by certified or registered mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows, or to such
other address as the parties may indicate:

                 If to the Company:   Fretter, Inc.
                                      12501 Grand River Avenue
                                      Brighton, Michigan  48116


                 If to the Employee:  
                                     ------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------

                 With a Required
                 Copy of any
                 Notice to:          Stuart Garson                 
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Fretter, Inc.                 
                                     ------------------------------
                                     12501 Grand River Avenue      
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Brighton, Michigan  48116     
                                     ------------------------------


                     IX.  NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT CONFERRED

                 Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the
Employee any right to continue in employment with the Company or a subsidiary
or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary to
terminate such person's employment at any time.


                                X.  SEVERABILITY

                 If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or
unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be in full force and
effect to the maximum extent permitted by law.  If the implementation or
presence of any provision of this Agreement would or will cause the Plan and
thereby the Shares purchased thereunder to not be in compliance with Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other statutory provision,
such Agreement provision shall not be implemented or, at the Company's option
following notice, such provision shall be severed from the Agreement as is
appropriate or necessary to achieve statutory compliance; provided, however,
that the parties hereby agree to negotiate in good faith as may be necessary to
modify this Agreement to achieve statutory compliance or otherwise effectuate





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   5

the intent of the parties following a severance permitted by this Section X.


                                 XI.  AMENDMENT

                 As of the Date of Grant, this instrument will contain the
entire Agreement of the parties with respect to the Option and may only be
amended by written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective
successors, as permitted by Section III above.


                              XII.  GOVERNING LAW

                 This Agreement is made and entered into and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.

                                XIII.  HEADINGS

                 The section numbers and headings contained in this Agreement
are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.


                           XIV.  ACCEPTANCE OF OPTION

                 The exercise of the Option is conditioned upon the acceptance
by the Employee of the terms hereof as evidenced by his or her execution of
this Agreement and the return of an executed copy to the Secretary of the
Company.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 1993 Long Term Incentive Plan
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is effective as of February 2, 1994.



                                   "COMPANY"
                                   FRETTER, INC.
                                   a Michigan corporation


                                   By
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         John Hurley
                                   Its: President

                                   "EMPLOYEE"


                                   ------------------------------------
                                   Danny Hourigan





                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.22


                                 FRETTER, INC.
                         1993 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                 FRETTER, INC., a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), upon
the recommendation of the Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors (the "Committee") and pursuant to the Fretter, Inc. 1993
Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board and approved by its
stockholders, and in consideration of the services to be rendered to the
Company by Jim Potts (the "Employee"), hereby grants, as of the Date of Grant,
as defined below, to Employee an option to purchase One Hundred Twenty-Seven
Thousand Five Hundred (127,500) shares (the "Option") of the Company's Common
Stock (the "Shares"), at the Option Price, as defined below, on the terms and
conditions contained in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the
"Agreement") and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are
incorporated by reference herein.  This Agreement replaces and supersedes any
prior documents relating to the Option and the Shares described herein.
Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the
meanings defined in the Plan.


                      I.   DATE OF GRANT AND OPTION PRICE

                 The Date of Grant shall be as of February 2, 1994.  The Option
Price shall be $3.50 per share.


                            II.   EXERCISE OF OPTION

                 Employee may exercise this Option at any time on or after
February 2, 1997, but not later than ten (10) years and six months from the
Date of Grant, subject only to prior termination or modification of the Plan
and in accordance with and subject to the expiration provisions contained in
Section IV.


                             III.  TRANSFERABILITY

                 This Option may not be transferred by Employee, except by will
or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to the terms of a domestic
relations order, as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code, which
satisfies the requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code (a "Qualified
Domestic Relations Order").  During Employee's lifetime, the Option shall be
exercisable only by Employee, his personal representative, or an alternate
payee under the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order pursuant to and
in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.  The
Option shall not otherwise be
<PAGE>   2

transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for any purpose whatsoever, and
is not subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  Any attempted
assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation or other disposition of the
Option, other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be
void and of no effect.


                            IV.  MANNER OF EXERCISE

                 This Option may be exercised, in accordance with Section II
above, by delivery (personally or by certified or registered mail in accordance
with Section VIII below) of a written notice to the Company's Secretary
specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment in
the form of cash or check for those Shares and applicable withholding taxes.
At the election of Employee, such payment may be made in cash, check, by
delivery of certificate(s) representing shares of Company Common Stock
previously held by the Employee, duly endorsed for transfer, or by delivery of
Shares issuable to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option
(provided that for Participants defined as "Officers" under the terms of the
Plan, the Company shall automatically withhold Shares sufficient to pay
withholding taxes and no other election shall be permitted).  Any shares
delivered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be
valued at the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of
Employee's exercise of the Option or any part thereof.  Any fractional shares
not required for payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be paid for by the
Company in cash at the same value used for Employee's surrender of the
previously owned Shares.  The Option shall be exercised in accordance with such
administrative regulations as the Administrator of the Plan shall from time to
time adopt.


                                 V.  EXPIRATION

                 All unexercised rights under the Option shall expire on the
date specified in Section II above or on the date specified in this Section V
in the event that Employee's engagement as a employee to the Company is
terminated ("Termination").

                          (a)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         due to Employee's death before the expiration date specified in
         Section II, the right to exercise the Option shall be accelerated, and
         the Option may be exercised, whether or not otherwise exercisable by
         the Employee on the date of Employee's death, by the Employee's
         Beneficiary, within one year from the later of the date of the
         Employee's death or January 1, 1997.

                          (b)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         for any reason other than death (including disability or retirement)
         or "cause" as defined in
<PAGE>   3

         Section 8.4(d) of the Plan, the Option may be exercised, to the extent
         it was exercisable by the Employee on the date of such termination,
         within ninety days of such termination.  In the event of the death of
         the Participant within the ninety day period following termination of
         employment, his award may be exercised by his Beneficiary within the
         one year period provided in subparagraph (a) above.

                          (c)     Upon Employee's Termination for "cause", as
         defined in Section 8.02(d) of the Plan, the Option shall terminate
         immediately.


                 VI.   NON-ISSUANCE AND RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

                 The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
Shares upon Employee's exercise of the Option:

                          (a)     Prior to the admission of such Shares to
         listing on any public exchange on which the Company's common stock may
         be listed; or

                          (b)     Prior to the completion of any proceedings
         under any applicable state or federal securities law, rule or
         regulation that the Company or its counsel determines to be necessary
         or advisable to the issuance of the Shares.

Employee shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares
until certificates evidencing the Shares have been issued and delivered to
Employee.  While the Company will attempt to process the exercise of the Option
as promptly as possible, it cannot guarantee a delivery date for the
certificates.


                              VII.  REORGANIZATION

                 If prior to the expiration of the Option, the Shares then
subject to the Option shall be affected by any recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in
capitalization affecting the Company Common Stock, the Company will
appropriately adjust the number and kind of Shares covered by the Option and
the Option Price per share as is necessary to prevent dilution or the
enlargement of rights which might otherwise result.

                                 VIII.  NOTICE

                 All notices given pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when
personally delivered or when mailed, if sent by certified or registered mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows, or to such
other address as the parties may
<PAGE>   4

indicate:

               If to the Company:  Fretter, Inc.
                                   12501 Grand River Avenue
                                   Brighton, Michigan  48116


               If to the Employee: 
                                   --------------------------------
                                   --------------------------------
                                   --------------------------------
                                   --------------------------------

               With a Required
               Copy of any
               Notice to:          Stuart Garson                 
                                   --------------------------------
                                   Fretter, Inc.                 
                                   --------------------------------
                                   12501 Grand River Avenue      
                                   --------------------------------
                                   Brighton, Michigan  48116     
                                   --------------------------------


                     IX.  NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT CONFERRED

               Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the
Employee any right to continue in employment with the Company or a subsidiary
or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary to
terminate such person's employment at any time.


                                X.  SEVERABILITY

               If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or
unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be in full force and
effect to the maximum extent permitted by law.  If the implementation or
presence of any provision of this Agreement would or will cause the Plan and
thereby the Shares purchased thereunder to not be in compliance with Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other statutory provision,
such Agreement provision shall not be implemented or, at the Company's option
following notice, such provision shall be severed from the Agreement as is
appropriate or necessary to achieve statutory compliance; provided, however,
that the parties hereby agree to negotiate in good faith as may be necessary to
modify this Agreement to achieve statutory compliance or otherwise effectuate
the intent of the parties following a severance permitted by this Section X.

                                 XI.  AMENDMENT

               As of the Date of Grant, this instrument will contain the entire
Agreement of the parties with respect to the Option and may only be amended by
written agreement executed by the parties hereto
<PAGE>   5

or their respective successors, as permitted by Section III above.


                              XII.  GOVERNING LAW

               This Agreement is made and entered into and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.

                                XIII.  HEADINGS

               The section numbers and headings contained in this Agreement are
for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.


                           XIV.  ACCEPTANCE OF OPTION

               The exercise of the Option is conditioned upon the acceptance by
the Employee of the terms hereof as evidenced by his or her execution of this
Agreement and the return of an executed copy to the Secretary of the Company.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 1993 Long Term Incentive Plan
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is effective as of February 2, 1994.

                                   "COMPANY"
                                   FRETTER, INC.
                                   a Michigan corporation


                                   By
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         John Hurley
                                   Its: President

                                   "EMPLOYEE"


                                   ------------------------------------
                                   Jim Potts

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.23



                                 FRETTER, INC.
                         1993 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


            FRETTER, INC., a Michigan corporation (the "Company"), upon the
recommendation of the Long Term Incentive Plan Committee of the Company's Board
of Directors (the "Committee") and pursuant to the Fretter, Inc. 1993 Long Term
Incentive Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board and approved by its
stockholders, and in consideration of the services to be rendered to the
Company by Stuart Garson (the "Employee"), hereby grants, as of the Date of
Grant, as defined below, to Employee an option to purchase Seventy-Five
Thousand (75,000) shares (the "Option") of the Company's Common Stock (the
"Shares"), at the Option Price, as defined below, on the terms and conditions
contained in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") and
subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated by
reference herein.  This Agreement replaces and supersedes any prior documents
relating to the Option and the Shares described herein.  Capitalized terms used
in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings defined in the
Plan.


                      I.   DATE OF GRANT AND OPTION PRICE

            The Date of Grant shall be as of February 2, 1994.  The Option
Price shall be $3.50 per share.


                            II.   EXERCISE OF OPTION

            Employee may exercise this Option at any time on or after February
2, 1997, but not later than ten (10) years and six months from the Date of
Grant, subject only to prior termination or modification of the Plan and in
accordance with and subject to the expiration provisions contained in Section
IV.


                             III.  TRANSFERABILITY

                 This Option may not be transferred by Employee, except by will
or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to the terms of a domestic
relations order, as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code, which
satisfies the requirements of Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code (a "Qualified
Domestic Relations Order").  During Employee's lifetime, the Option shall be
exercisable only by Employee, his personal representative, or an alternate
payee under the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations



                                     -1-
<PAGE>   2

Order pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in
this Agreement.  The Option shall not otherwise be transferred, assigned,
pledged or hypothecated for any purpose whatsoever, and is not subject to
execution, attachment or similar process.  Any attempted assignment, transfer,
pledge or hypothecation or other disposition of the Option, other than in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be void and of no effect.


                            IV.  MANNER OF EXERCISE

                 This Option may be exercised, in accordance with Section II
above, by delivery (personally or by certified or registered mail in accordance
with Section VIII below) of a written notice to the Company's Secretary
specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment in
the form of cash or check for those Shares and applicable withholding taxes.
At the election of Employee, such payment may be made in cash, check, by
delivery of certificate(s) representing shares of Company Common Stock
previously held by the Employee, duly endorsed for transfer, or by delivery of
Shares issuable to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option
(provided that for Participants defined as "Officers" under the terms of the
Plan, the Company shall automatically withhold Shares sufficient to pay
withholding taxes and no other election shall be permitted).  Any shares
delivered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be
valued at the Fair Market Value of the Company Common Stock on the date of
Employee's exercise of the Option or any part thereof.  Any fractional shares
not required for payment of the aggregate Option Price shall be paid for by the
Company in cash at the same value used for Employee's surrender of the
previously owned Shares.  The Option shall be exercised in accordance with such
administrative regulations as the Administrator of the Plan shall from time to
time adopt.


                                 V.  EXPIRATION

                 All unexercised rights under the Option shall expire on the
date specified in Section II above or on the date specified in this Section V
in the event that Employee's engagement as a employee to the Company is
terminated ("Termination").

                          (a)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         due to Employee's death before the expiration date specified in
         Section II, the right to exercise the Option shall be accelerated, and
         the Option may be exercised, whether or not otherwise exercisable by
         the Employee on the date of Employee's death, by the Employee's
         Beneficiary, within one year from the later of the date of the
         Employee's death or January 1, 1997.





                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   3


                          (b)     Upon Employee's Termination with the Company
         for any reason other than death (including disability or retirement)
         or "cause" as defined in Section 8.4(d) of the Plan, the Option may be
         exercised, to the extent it was exercisable by the Employee on the
         date of such termination, within ninety days of such termination.  In
         the event of the death of the Participant within the ninety day period
         following termination of employment, his award may be exercised by his
         Beneficiary within the one year period provided in subparagraph (a)
         above.

                          (c)     Upon Employee's Termination for "cause", as
         defined in Section 8.02(d) of the Plan, the Option shall terminate
         immediately.


                 VI.   NON-ISSUANCE AND RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

                 The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
Shares upon Employee's exercise of the Option:

                          (a)     Prior to the admission of such Shares to
         listing on any public exchange on which the Company's common stock may
         be listed; or

                          (b)     Prior to the completion of any proceedings
         under any applicable state or federal securities law, rule or
         regulation that the Company or its counsel determines to be necessary
         or advisable to the issuance of the Shares.

Employee shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares
until certificates evidencing the Shares have been issued and delivered to
Employee.  While the Company will attempt to process the exercise of the Option
as promptly as possible, it cannot guarantee a delivery date for the
certificates.


                              VII.  REORGANIZATION

                 If prior to the expiration of the Option, the Shares then
subject to the Option shall be affected by any recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in
capitalization affecting the Company Common Stock, the Company will
appropriately adjust the number and kind of Shares covered by the Option and
the Option Price per share as is necessary to prevent dilution or the
enlargement of rights which might otherwise result.

                                 VIII.  NOTICE





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   4

                 All notices given pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be  duly given when
personally delivered or when mailed, if sent by certified or registered mail,
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows, or to such
other address as the parties may indicate:

                 If to the Company:  Fretter, Inc.
                                     12501 Grand River Avenue
                                     Brighton, Michigan  48116


                If to the Employee:     
                                     ------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------
                                     ------------------------------

                 With a Required
                 Copy of any
                 Notice to:          Stuart Garson                 
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Fretter, Inc.                 
                                     ------------------------------
                                     12501 Grand River Avenue      
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Brighton, Michigan  48116     
                                     ------------------------------


                     IX.  NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT CONFERRED

                 Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall confer upon the
Employee any right to continue in employment with the Company or a subsidiary
or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary to
terminate such person's employment at any time.


                                X.  SEVERABILITY

                 If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or
unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be in full force and
effect to the maximum extent permitted by law.  If the implementation or
presence of any provision of this Agreement would or will cause the Plan and
thereby the Shares purchased thereunder to not be in compliance with Rule 16b-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other statutory provision,
such Agreement provision shall not be implemented or, at the Company's option
following notice, such provision shall be severed from the Agreement as is
appropriate or necessary to achieve statutory compliance; provided, however,
that the parties hereby agree to negotiate in good faith as may be necessary to
modify this Agreement to achieve statutory compliance or otherwise effectuate
the intent of the parties following a severance permitted by this Section X.





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   5



                                 XI.  AMENDMENT

                 As of the Date of Grant, this instrument will contain the
entire Agreement of the parties with respect to the Option and may only be
amended by written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective
successors, as permitted by Section III above.


                              XII.  GOVERNING LAW

                 This Agreement is made and entered into and shall be construed
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.

                                XIII.  HEADINGS

                 The section numbers and headings contained in this Agreement
are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.


                           XIV.  ACCEPTANCE OF OPTION

                 The exercise of the Option is conditioned upon the acceptance
by the Employee of the terms hereof as evidenced by his or her execution of
this Agreement and the return of an executed copy to the Secretary of the
Company.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 1993 Long Term Incentive Plan
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is effective as of February 2, 1994.



                                   "COMPANY"
                                   FRETTER, INC.
                                   a Michigan corporation


                                   By
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         John Hurley
                                    Its: President

                                   "EMPLOYEE"


                                   ------------------------------------
                                   Stuart Garson





                                     - 5 -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.33

                                   AGREEMENT


                 THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made the 20th day of January,
1995, by and between DONALD ANDRESEN of 9385 Riviera Hills Drive, Greenwood
Village, Colorado 80111 ("Andresen") and FRED SCHMID APPLIANCE AND T.V. CO., a
Colorado corporation, of 12501 Grand River, Brighton, Michigan 48116 ("Fred
Schmid").

                               R E C I T A L S :

                 A.       Andresen has heretofore been employed in various
capacities by Fred Schmid, and Fred Schmid and Andresen have mutually
determined to terminate the Andresen's employment with Fred Schmid.

                 B.       In connection with the termination of such
employment, Fred Schmid and Andresen have agreed to certain terms, conditions
and covenants for which separate consideration is provided by each.

                 NOW THEREFORE, for and in exchange of mutual and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                 1.       Resignation.  Andresen does hereby voluntarily resign
as an employee of Fred Schmid, in every capacity in which he was heretofore
employed and, Fred Schmid accepts such resignation.

                 2.       Cancellation of Existing Employment Agreement.  Fred
Schmid and Andresen hereby mutually revoke and cancel any and all employment
agreements, whether written or oral, heretofore entered into and/or executed
between Fred Schmid and Andresen.  In connection therewith, the parties rescind
all rights of either party pursuant to any such agreements including, without
limitation, Andresen's right to receive any salary, fringe benefits, vacation
pay, bonuses, disability or death benefits, termination benefits, insurance and
the like.  Except as provided in this Agreement, Andresen acknowledges that he
has been paid any and all sums due and owing him from Fred Schmid pursuant to
any employment or other agreement between Fred Schmid and Andresen, arising out
of or connected with his employment and the cancellation of any such agreements
shall be without further obligation on the part of either party, except as
expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
this Agreement shall hereby terminate and extinguish any and all rights and/or
options which were hereinbefore or which Andresen otherwise believed or
believes he may be entitled to, to acquire share of the common stock of
Fretter, Inc., including without limitation, the options granted effective
February 2, 1994 pursuant to the Fretter, Inc. 1993 Long Term Incentive Plan.





                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2

                 3.       Consultation.  Andresen shall receive his incremental
salary payment for the period expiring January 20, 1995 on February 7, 1995.
From and after the date hereof, for a period of six months expiring July 31,
1995, Andresen shall provide such consulting services on behalf of Fred Schmid,
as Fred Schmid shall deem appropriate to facilitate the formulation of a plan
to upgrade, relocate and select sites for retail store locations for Fred
Schmid in the State of Colorado ("Property Plan").  Fred Schmid acknowledges
that Andresen shall provide such consulting services at the mutual convenience
of the parties.  In exchange for such consulting services, Andresen shall
receive the sum of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 ($100,000.00) Dollars
payable in 12 equal semi-monthly installments of Eight Thousand Three Hundred
Thirty Three and 33/100 ($8,333.33) Dollars each, beginning February 22, 1995
and continuing on the 7th and 22nd day of each succeeding month.  During such
six month period, Andresen shall be entitled to such medical insurance benefits
as are received by the full time employees of Fred Schmid, but no other fringe
benefits, vacation pay, expense reimbursement, insurance and the like will be
payable to Andresen.  Employee shall devote his full time best efforts to
complete the Property Plan; and Andresen shall not do anything which shall or
might be detrimental or adverse to the best interests of Fred Schmid.  Fred
Schmid and Andresen are and at all times during the term hereof shall remain
independent contractors.  Neither party shall be deemed and the relationship
arising from this Agreement is not a general agency, joint venture,
partnership, employment relationship or franchise.  Nothing in this Agreement
shall cause Andresen or agents of either party to be deemed employees or agents
of the other.  Each party retains full responsibility for the supervision and
control of its own employees and/or agents.  Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Andresen shall be solely responsible for, indemnify and hold
Fred Schmid harmless from the payment of all federal, state and local
employment taxes and related withholding requirements.

                 4.       Release by Andresen.  Andresen, for himself, his
heirs, administrators, executors, legal representatives, successors and
assigns, does hereby release Fred Schmid, Fretter, Inc., its and their
affiliated companies and their officers, directors, employees, agents,
affiliates, representatives, shareholders, successors and assigns, and each of
them and their respective heirs, administrators, executors, legal
representatives, successors and assigns, of and from any past, present or
future claim, demand, damage, cost, expense, liability, cause or cause of
action, whatsoever, whether in law or equity, relating to any matters of any
kind, whether presently known or unknown, which he may possess, arising from
any acts or facts which have or may have occurred through and including the
date of this Agreement whether arising out of any act or omission, oral or
written employment agreement, option agreement or other agreement of any kind
or nature.  Provided, however, this release shall not and does not include any
rights which Andresen may have upon termination of his employment





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

with the Fred Schmid under the Fretter, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

                 5.       Non-Disclosure.  Andresen covenants and agrees that
he shall not at any time hereafter disclose to any person or entity, including
without limitation, any past, present or future, competitor, supplier,
employee, agent and/or customer of Fred Schmid  either (a) the terms,
conditions or existence of this Agreement or (b) any financial data, marketing
or advertising plans or programs, selling systems, customer lists, supplier
lists, cost and/or pricing data and/or information, product information, or
other technical or commercial information relating in any way to the business
of Fred Schmid, whether the same may be construed as confidential information
or trade secrets, or in the public domain, and regardless of the manner in
which Andresen has received such information.  Andresen represents that he has
heretofore or shall, immediately upon the execution of this Agreement, return
to Fred Schmid any and all books, records, documents, agreements, literature or
other printed material of any kind or nature in any way related to Fred Schmid.

                 6.       Non-Solicitation.  Andresen covenants and agrees that
he shall not hereafter in any capacity whatsoever hire, employ or retain,
recommend or suggest for hire, employment or retention or in any way
participate in the hire, employment or retention of any current or former
employee of Fred Schmid or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

                 7.       Non-Competition.  Andresen covenants and agrees that
he will not Compete (as such term is defined herein) with Fred Schmid for a
period of one (1) year from and after the date hereof within any state in the
United States of America.  For purposes of this Paragraph 7, the term Compete
shall mean acting, directly or indirectly, as a broker, consultant, agent,
salesman, officer, director, employee, lender, shareholder or in any other
capacity for or on behalf of any person or entity which is engaged in the
manufacture, purchase, sale, lease or distribution of any service or product
which at any time prior to the date of this Agreement, or during the period of
non-competition, Fred Schmid shall have manufactured, purchased, sold, leased
and/or distributed (including any similar or related service or product).

                 8.       Relief.  If Andresen shall violate its
non-solicitation and/or non-competition agreements contained in Paragraphs 6
and 7 above, then at Fred Schmid's option, either (a) the term of such
agreement with respect to the non-competition covenants shall automatically be
extended for a period of one (1) year from and after the date on which Andresen
shall permanently cease such violation or for a period of one (1) year from and
after the date of entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a final order
or judgment enforcing such agreement, whichever is later; or (b) Fred Schmid
shall be entitled to cease any and all further





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

payment obligations under this Agreement and Andresen shall immediately repay
to Fred Schmid any and all sums theretofore paid by Fred Schmid to Andresen
whether pursuant to Paragraph 9 hereof or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement.

                 9.       Payment.  In exchange for the covenants and
agreements of Andresen contained herein, Fred Schmid agrees to pay Andresen the
sum of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 ($100,000.00) Dollars, payable in 12
equal semi-monthly installments of Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty Three
and 33/100 ($8,333.33) Dollars each, beginning 15 days after the final payment
pursuant to Paragraph 3 hereof and continuing on the 7th and 22nd day of each
month.

                 10.      Entire Agreement.   Except as otherwise stated
herein, this Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter contained herein, supersedes all prior and
contemporaneous agreements, understandings and negotiations; and no parol
evidence of prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings and
negotiations shall govern or be used to construe or modify this Agreement.  No
modification or alteration hereof shall be deemed effective unless in writing
and signed by the parties hereto.

                 11.      Applicable Law.  This Agreement, together with the
rights, duties and obligations hereunder shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Michigan.  In the event that litigation is commenced
with respect to any matter arising out of this Agreement, the parties agree to
submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Michigan and agree that venue shall
lie in Livingston County, Michigan.  In the event litigation is instituted by
Fred Schmid or Andresen arising out of their respective performance obligations
under this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled
to receive its reasonable attorney's fees from the non-prevailing party.

                 12.      Partial Invalidity.  If any provision of this
Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or
unenforceable in any manner, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall
nonetheless continue in full force and effect without being impaired or
invalidated in any way.  In addition, if any provision of this Agreement may be
modified by a court of competent jurisdiction such that it may be enforced,
then said provision shall be so modified and as modified shall be fully
enforced.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

                 13.      Notices.  Any notice or communication permitted or
required hereunder shall be made by letter either sent by certified mail with a
return receipt requested, or by personal delivery, to the address of each party
first above written.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date and year first written above.

WITNESSES:                     "EMPLOYER"
                               FRED SCHMID APPLIANCE & T.V. CO.
                               a Colorado corporation

_______________________        By:_______________________________
                                       
                                  Its: Vice President                          
                                      
                               "ANDRESEN"

                               
_______________________        __________________________________
                               Donald R. Andresen





                                      -5-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.34



                              MERCHANT AGREEMENT

BANK:  Household Bank (Illinois), N.A.  MERCHANT:  Silo, Inc., a Pennsylvania 
       700 Wood Dale Road                          corporation
       Wood Dale, Illinois 60191                   Fretter, Inc., a Michigan
                                                   corporation

This Agreement ("Agreement") is made and delivered in Illinois as of the 1st
day of March, 1994 ("Effective Date"), by and between Household Bank
(Illinois), N.A.. (herein "Household") and Silo, Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation, doing business in certain locations under the name "YES! Your
Electronics Superstore" and Fretter, Inc., a Michigan corporation, with
principal offices at 12501 Grand River Ave, Brighton, Michigan 48116, (herein
individually and collectively referred to as "Merchant").

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements set forth
herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Merchant and Household agree as
follows:

If either Silo, Inc. or Fretter, Inc. fails to fulfill any of its obligations
under this Agreement, the remaining Merchant agrees to perform any act
necessary to fulfill the obligations of the defaulting Merchant including the
payment of any and all obligations, sums, debts or liabilities of the
defaulting Merchant arising out of or in connection with the performance or non
performance of any obligations under this Agreement.  Both Silo, Inc. and
Fretter, Inc. agree to be jointly and severally liable for affiliates of
Fretter, Inc. participating in the Program including Fred Schmid TV and
Appliance Company, Silo-Dixon, Inc. and Silo California, Inc.  Silo, Inc. and
Fretter, Inc. agree that Household may, at its option, deal solely with
Fretter, Inc. and Silo shall be bound by all such dealings.

Section 1.  Definitions.  In addition to the words and phrases defined
elsewhere in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:

    a.   "Account" means an account resulting from Household's approval of an
         application and under which one or more Cards will be issued by
         Household, including all Accounts (as such term is defined in the
         original Agreement (hereafter defined)) opened during the term of the
         Original Agreement.  Each Account shall be deemed to be the property 
         of Household.
    b.   "Active Account" means any Cardholder's Account that has a debit or
         credit balance during a Billing Cycle, provided, however, any Account
         which is six months or more contractually delinquent shall not be
         considered an Active Account.
    c.   "Add-on(s)" means any additional sale of Goods (after the initial Card
         Sale) that Merchant makes to a Cardholder on credit that is charged to
         the Cardholder's Account pursuant to this Agreement.
    d.   "Affiliate" means any entity that is owned by, owns or is under
         common control with Household or its ultimate parent.  
    e.   "Annual Credit Volume" means the actual total of Card Sales minus 
         Credit Slips originated during the previous twelve (12) months and
<PAGE>   2

         will be determined on December 31, 1994.  After December 31, 1994, the
         Annual Credit Volume will be determined at the end of each quarter 
         based on the previous twelve months' credit volume.

    f.   "Applicable Law" means collectively or individually any applicable
         law, rule, regulation or judicial, governmental or administrative
         order, decree, ruling, opinion or interpretation.
    g.   "Authorization" means permission from Household to make a Card Sale.
    h.   "Authorization Center" means the facility designated by Household  as
         the facility at which Card Sales are authorized.  
    i.  "Billing Cycle" means the period of calendar days between Billing Dates,
         usually between twenty eight (28) and thirty one (31) days.  
    j.   "Billing Date" means the same calendar day each month that all activity
         on an Active Account for that Billing Cycle is summarized and the 
         Account is billed by Household, which is the last day of a Billing
         Cycle.
    k.   "Business Day" means any day except Saturday or Sunday or a day on
         which banks are closed in the State of Illinois.

    l.   "Card" means the private label credit card bearing Merchant's name
         and/or logo issued by Household for the Program.

    m.   "Cardholder" means (i) the person in whose name an Account is or has
         been opened, and (ii) all authorized user(s) of the Account and Card,
         including, all Cardholders that opened Accounts pursuant to the
         Original Agreement.
    n.   "Card Sale" means any sale of Goods that Merchant makes to a
         Cardholder on credit that is charged to the Cardholder's Account
         pursuant to this Agreement, including Add-ons.
    o.   "Computer Generated Invoice" means an invoice stored electronically
         and containing the following information:  Cardholder Name and
         Address; Cardholder Account Number - 15 digits; Merchant Invoice
         Number - 14 digits; Transaction Date/date of the Card Sale;
         Transaction Amount; and description of item(s) purchased.
    p.   "Chargeback" means the return to Merchant and reimbursement to
         Household of a Sales Slip or Transaction Data transmission for a Card
         Sale for which Merchant was previously paid.
    q.   "Credit Slip"  means evidence of a credit in a paper form for Goods
         purchased from Merchant that is to be signed by the Cardholder.  
    r.   "Discount" means an amount to be paid by Merchant, typically to be
         deducted from funding to Merchant, in the amount of a specified
         percentage of each Sales Slip accepted by Household.
    s.   "Goods" means the goods, merchandise, certain warranties authorized by
         Household, and services sold by Merchant in the ordinary course of
         Merchant's business to consumers, to the best of Merchant's knowledge
         for individual, family, personal or household use.
    t.   "Major Account Executive" means an employee of Household assigned to
         Merchant's Program as designated from time to time by notice from
         Household to Merchant.
    u.   "No Finance Charge Promotion" means a Card Promotion as described in
         Section 2(c) whereby no finance charges will accrue on the





                                       2
<PAGE>   3

         purchase or advance until the payment due date of the Billing
         Cycle  beginning in the month specified on the Sales Slip, with
         minimum monthly payments of three percent (3%) of the outstanding
         balance due each Billing Cycle (also referred to as "Waived Finance
         Charge").  The No Finance Charge Promotion may have a promotion period
         of twelve (12) months or less after the purchase or such other period
         as agreed between the parties;

    v.   "No Payment Promotion" means a Card Promotion as described in
         Section 2(c) whereby no minimum monthly payments will be due until the
         first day of the Billing Cycle beginning in the month specified on the
         Sales Slip, with finance charges accruing from the date of the
         purchase (also referred to as "Delayed Payment"):

    w.   "No Payment/No Finance Charges Promotion" means a Card
         Promotion as described in Section 2(c) whereby no minimum monthly
         payments will be due and no Finance Charges will accrue on the
         purchase or advance until the first day of the Billing Cycle beginning
         in the month specified on the Sales Slip (also referred to as "Delayed
         Payment/Waived Finance Charge");

    x.   "Operating Instructions" means the Regulatory Guidelines and
         operating instructions and/or procedures designated by Household from
         time to time concerning the Program.
    y.   "Program" means the private label credit card program
         associated with Merchant whereby Accounts will be established
         and maintained, Cards issued and Card Sales funded pursuant to the
         terms of this Agreement.
    z.   "Reduced Rate Promotion" means a Card Promotion as described in
         Section 2(c) whereby a reduced rate finance charge will be applied to
         the balance attributable to the purchase ("Reduced Rate Balance")
         until the expiration of the reduced rate period or payment in full of
         the Reduced Rate Balance, whichever occurs first, as disclosed on the
         Sales Slip.

    aa.  "Sales Slip" means a sales receipt or similar document (such as
         a delivery receipt or manual invoice) in paper form that evidences  a
         Card Sale for Goods purchased from Merchant that is to be signed by
         the Cardholder.
    bb.  "Same As Cash With Payments Promotion" means a Card Promotion
         as described in Section 2(c) whereby finance charges will accrue on
         the purchase from the date of purchase and minimum monthly payments of
         three percent (3%) of the outstanding balance will be due each Billing
         Cycle.  If the cash sale price of the purchase is paid by the
         promotion due date as indicated on the periodic statement, no finance
         charges will be due on the purchase.  Same As Cash With Payments may
         have a promotion due date of twelve (12) months or less after the
         purchase or such other period as agreed between the parties (also
         referred to as "Same As Cash");

    cc.  "Same As Cash/Without Payments Promotion" means a Card
         Promotion as described in Section 2(c) whereby finance charges will
         accrue on the purchase from the date of purchase but no minimum
         monthly payments will be due prior to the promotion due date as
         indicated on the periodic statement.  If the cash sale price of the
         purchase is paid by the promotion due date, no finance charges will be
         due on the purchase (also referred to as "Same As Cash/Delayed





                                       3
<PAGE>   4

         Payment");

    dd.  "Terminal" means an electronic terminal or computer capable of
         communicating by means of an on-line or dial-up electronic link with
         an Authorization Center.
    ee.  "Total Annual Credit Volume" shall mean the Annual Credit
         Volume as defined in this Agreement plus the Annual Credit Volume as
         defined in the Agreement between Merchant and Household Retail
         Services, Inc. as amended as of the 1st day of March, 1994.  From the
         Effective Date of this Agreement to December 31, 1994 the parties
         agree that for purposes of the chart in Section 3(c) below, the Total
         Annual Credit Volume shall be assumed to be $200,000,000.00.
    ff.  "Total Billed Finance Charge" shall be the sum of the finance
         charges billed to all Cardholders on Accounts (excluding (i) accrued
         but unbilled finance charges recorded on Card Promotions as described
         in Section 2(c) below; and (ii) all fees including, but not limited
         to, late payment fees, return check fees, over limit fees, if any,)
         each Billing Cycle during a month minus  (a) system adjustments for
         corrections to an Account including, but not limited to, (i) regular
         payment finance charge, (ii) in-store payment finance charge, (iii)
         account adjustment finance charge, (iv) remove sale finance charge,
         (vi) free period finance charge, (vii) same as cash adjustments;
         multiplied by 60%; (b) manual adjustments made by Household's customer
         service department consistent with its general business practices, (i)
         regular payment finance charge, (ii) store payment finance charge,
         (iii) account adjustment finance charge, (iv) remove sale finance
         charge, (vi) free period finance charge, (vii) same as cash
         adjustments; multiplied by 60% ; and (c) finance charges on Accounts
         ninety (90) days or more overdue; plus finance charges added to a
         Cardholder's balance upon expiration of a Card Promotion without full
         payment by the Cardholder of the promotional balance.

    gg.  "Total Portfolio Balance" shall mean the outstanding balances
         (after system adjustments and manual adjustments as described in
         subparagraph ff above) on all Active Accounts for a month's Billing
         Cycles including, but not limited to, balances resulting from the
         initial Card Sale for Accounts originated by an application mailed to
         Household directly from the applicant; and any Sales Slip generate
         pursuant to Card Promotions as described in Section 2(c) of the
         Agreement.

    hh.  "Transaction Data" means Account and Cardholder identification
         and transaction information with regard to (i) each Card Sale, namely,
         the date and amount of the transaction as shown on the actual original
         executed paper Sales Slip for the transaction, valid and correct
         Account number for an Active Account, valid and correct Authorization
         number, appropriate transaction identifier number identifying the
         transaction as a Card Sale, any applicable promotion codes or
         promotion identifier numbers, appropriate code describing the Goods,
         and Merchant invoice number, and (ii) each return of Goods for credit
         to the Account/Cardholder, namely, the date the credit is given,
         amount of credit, Account number, and appropriate transaction 
         identifier number identifying the





                                       4
<PAGE>   5

         transaction as a credit; all of which data is required to be 
         transmitted by Merchant to Household in accordance with Section 7 (a) 
         and (b) below.

Section 2.  Scope and Purpose.   Merchant engages in the sale of consumer
electronics and appliances and  related products and services, and Merchant
desires to make financing available to consumers purchasing Goods from
Merchant.  Household, in the business of providing revolving credit financing
pursuant to a credit card to individual consumers, has agreed to provide such
financing under the Program for individual qualified consumers purchasing
Merchant's Goods pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

Household and Merchant have entered into that certain Merchant Agreement dated
as of the 25th of March, 1992 as amended from time to time (the "Original
Agreement").  Under the Original Agreement, Household made financing available
to qualified consumers purchasing Goods from Merchant pursuant to a private
label revolving credit card program as set forth in the Original Agreement.  By
letter dated August 11, 1993, Silo made known its intention that the Original
Agreement should not renew automatically pursuant to Section 16(a) therein and
Silo set March 25, 1994 as the effective date of termination of the Original
Agreement.  Silo, by Letter Agreement dated November 23, 1993 ("Letter
Agreement"), with the consent of Household, has assigned the Original Agreement
to Fretter, Inc. on the Closing Date of the Acquisition described in that
Letter Agreement and Household agreed to perform services in the Original
Agreement for Fretter, Inc. and to treat Silo, Inc. as Fretter's disclosed
Agent after the effective date of such assignment up to the termination date of
March 25, 1994.  In that Letter Agreement Household agreed not to amend the
Original Agreement in any respect which materially changes the services to be
provided by Household or materially increases the cost of such services unless,
in each case, BT Commercial Corporation ("BTCC") as agent for a group of
lenders gave its express prior written consent.  Merchant wishes to rescind the
termination letter dated August 11, 1993.  Household and Merchant now desire
and agree (i) that as of the Effective Date, this Agreement shall govern all
"Accounts" (as such term is used in the Original Agreement and in this
Agreement) established under the Original Agreement and under this Agreement
and all other matters described in the Original Agreement, and (ii) to modify
and restate their agreement and to replace and supersede the Original Agreement
and subsequent letters in their entirety with this Agreement; provided,
however, the Agreement between Fretter, Inc. and Household Bank (Illinois),
N.A. formerly known as HRSI, N.A. dated December 10, 1990 and all riders,
amendments and addenda, thereto is unaffected by this Agreement.  Likewise, the
Agreement between Fretter, Inc. and Household Retail Services, Inc. dated April
21, 1988 is unaffected; provided, however, Fretter and Household will cooperate
in efforts to establish Accounts for these cardholders under this Agreement.

    a.   Forms and Cards.  Household will provide to Merchant standard
         application/agreements, and other forms designated by Household for
         use by Merchant in the Program, which documents may be changed from
         time to  time by Household.  The design and content of Cards and





                                       5
<PAGE>   6

         billing statements and the terms and conditions of Accounts and
         applications/agreements shall be determined by Household and are
         subject to change by Household from time to time.  However, the front
         art work of the plastic cards and the cover art work on the
         applications/agreements and the design of such documents are subject
         to Merchant's review and approval; said approval shall not be
         unreasonably withheld.  If Merchant does not approve a proposed
         design, any changes that cause additional expense to Household shall
         be paid by Merchant promptly.  Household will send copies of revised
         standard applications/agreements to Merchant.  Household will use
         reasonable efforts to issue to the Cardholders the plastic Card within
         twenty one (21) days from the date of receipt of the
         application/agreement by Household.  Household shall be obligated to
         pay for only one Card per Account, and Merchant shall be obligated to
         pay $.67 for each additional Card.  Merchant will be billed and shall
         pay these charges monthly, or Household may deduct said charges from
         other amounts owed to Merchant under this Agreement.

         Household shall pay the cost of a new form of Cardholder
         application/agreement.  Such new form shall be in two parts, an
         original and duplicate attached, with the duplicate in the form of a
         so-called "No Carbon Required" ("NCR Form").  Upon receipt by
         Household of the NCR forms from its supplier, the new NCR Form shall
         be distributed over time to Merchant stores as the Merchant stores
         re-order application/agreement forms for the Program as their supplies
         diminish in the normal course.

    b.   Credit Review; Ownership of Accounts.   All completed
         applications for Accounts submitted to Household whether mailed,
         telephoned or otherwise electronically transmitted will be processed
         and approved or declined in accordance with Household's credit
         criteria and procedures from time to time established by Household,
         with Household having and retaining all rights to reject or accept
         applications.  Household will only accept applications for revolving
         credit pursuant to the credit card it issues for individual, personal,
         family or household use.  Household or its Affiliates shall own the
         Accounts and shall bear the credit risk for such Accounts, except as
         otherwise provided in this Agreement.  Merchant acknowledges and
         agrees that it shall have no interest whatsoever in the Accounts. 
         However, Household acknowledges (i) Merchant's interest in Sales Slips
         that are charged back to Merchant pursuant to Section 6, provided,
         however, that Merchant has reimbursed Household the applicable amount
         of the Chargeback as described in Section 6 below and (ii) Merchant's
         interest in its customer lists generated by Merchant. Household shall
         not be obligated to accept or reject any application for an Account or
         to take any action under an Account, including making  future advances
         to Cardholders.  Household shall, however, provide  collection and
         customer service for Accounts that are not subject to  Chargeback in
         accordance with Household's normal and customary  practices. 
         Household shall not be obligated to accept applications for a Card





                                       6
<PAGE>   7

         or approve any Card Sale for consumers that do not have their
         principal residence and billing address in the continental United
         States.

         Household agrees it will not change its credit issuance
         criteria which includes score card changes in a manner to negatively
         impact Merchant's specific approval percentages during the term of
         this Agreement and successive Renewal Terms.  Household, however,
         reserves the right to change its credit issuance criteria, which
         includes score cards on all "like" merchants, which may include
         Merchant on a national or regionalized basis during the Initial Term
         and successive Renewal Terms.

    bb.  Request for Mail-in Applications.  All provisions of this
         Agreement concerning mail-in applications shall not be effective
         unless and until Merchant gives written notice to Household requesting
         that Household accept mail-in applications and Household notifies
         Merchant that it is prepared to accept mail-in applications.  In such
         event, with respect to applications mailed to Household directly from
         applicants, a hold shall be placed on the Account until the first Card
         Sale.  At the time of the initial Card Sale for such Accounts,
         Merchant shall be responsible to verify the identification of the
         Cardholder as set forth below in Section 4(g).

    c.   Card Promotions.  Household may from time to time offer to
         existing or potential Cardholders special credit promotions,
         additional services and/or enhancements, including, without
         limitation, check access.  The terms of such promotions, services and
         enhancements shall be designated by Household. In addition, Household
         and Merchant may mutually agree from time to time to run certain
         credit promotions such as No Payment Promotion; No Finance Charge
         Promotion; No Payment/No Finance Charges Promotion; Same As Cash With
         Payments Promotion; Same As Cash/Without Payments Promotion; and
         Reduced Rate Promotion.  In consideration of Household's providing
         such promotions and to compensate Household for such promotions,
         Merchant may be required to pay to Household certain Discounts, fees
         or other amounts (the "Promotion Fees").  The parties shall agree in
         writing to the amount, type and time of payment of the Promotion Fees
         prior to the start of any such promotions.  This may include a written
         notice from Household to Merchant designating the amounts, type and
         time of payment and other terms for promotions run by Merchant and
         Household after such notice.  Merchant's running of any promotions
         after such notice shall be deemed acceptance by Merchant of the terms
         described in said notice.  Merchant's obligation to pay the Promotion
         Fees shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  Household may
         deduct amounts owed to it under this Section from amounts owed to
         Merchant under this Agreement.  In the event there are insufficient
         funds to pay to Household the Promotion Fees, Merchant will pay the
         Promotion Fees to Household within five (5) Business Days of
         Household's request. Household may, without Merchant's consent, at





                                       7
<PAGE>   8

         any time and in its sole discretion, change the terms or cost,
         or discontinue the availability of any promotions, services or
         enhancements, except if the promotion was agreed to between Merchant
         and Household.  In such event it can only be changed or discontinued
         upon the mutual agreement of the parties.  In the event Merchant
         intends to run a promotion concerning or involving the Card, Card
         Sales or the Program it shall give Household not less than (ten) 10
         days prior written notice of any such intended promotions.  Any
         promotions concerning or involving the Card, Card Sales or the Program
         that Merchant expects to run are subject to Household's prior approval
         other than a No Finance Charge Promotion and Same As Cash With
         Payments Promotion.  Merchant and Household agree that no Promotion
         Fees are associated with the No Finance Charge Promotion and the Same
         As Cash With Payments Promotion as defined in this Agreement.  The
         payment of advertising and marketing costs concerning the Program
         shall be subject to the mutual agreement of Household and Merchant on
         a case by case basis. 

Section 3.  Fees, Discounts, Charges and Rates.

    a.   Consumer Rate.  The consumer rate to be charged on purchases
         with the Card shall be 22.6% (Household's established rate) as
         assessed and determined by Household from time to time and as agreed
         to by Merchant, provided such rate shall not in any event exceed the
         maximum rate permitted by applicable federal or state law.  This rate
         is subject to change from time to time as mutually agreed to by
         Merchant and Household. Household agrees to consider a reduction in
         said Consumer Rate if requested by Merchant, however, Merchant
         acknowledges that components of the pricing under this Agreement
         include, without limitation, the Consumer Rate, Discount and Merchant
         Participation Fee, and that in the event, Merchant desires a reduction
         in the Consumer Rate described above, a Discount would need to be
         assessed and/or the Merchant Participation Fee would need to be
         decreased and/or other elements of the pricing structure of this
         Agreement and the Program would need to be adjusted.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
         Household may charge and collect such Cardholder fees as late payment
         fees, returned check fees, and over-the-limit fees at its sole
         discretion provided such fees shall not in any event exceed the
         maximum fees permitted by applicable federal or state law. 
         Classification of fees in the Cardholder Agreement as interest shall
         not affect the provisions of this Agreement or change the definition
         of finance charge which shall be the Consumer Rate of 22.6% or such
         other Consumer Rate as agreed upon by Household and Merchant.


    b.       Merchant.  (THIS SECTION IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

    c.   Merchant Participation Fee.  The "Merchant Participation Fee" to be 
         paid by Household to Merchant or by Merchant to Household shall be





                                       8
<PAGE>   9

         calculated as follows:

         At the end of each month the Required Yield shall be compared
         to the Total Billed Finance Charges as determined by the formula set
         forth in Schedule B. In any month the Total Billed Finance Charge
         exceeds the Required Yield, the excess shall be credited to the
         Merchant.  In any month the Required Yield exceeds the Billed Finance
         Charge the difference shall be charged to the Merchant.

         During the initial period between the Effective Date of this
         Agreement and the first Tuesday of the month following the Effective
         Date, the Required Yield percentage on this portfolio shall be 13.50%. 
         Thereafter, the Required Yield Percentage shall vary monthly according
         to the Total Annual Credit Volume as set forth in the chart below. 
         Also the Required Yield Percentage will vary monthly according to the
         Commercial Paper Rates for high grade unsecured notes of 30 days sold
         through dealers by major corporations ("Commercial Rate") as published
         in the Wall Street Journal on the first Tuesday of the month (or the
         first business day thereafter which the Commercial Rate is published)
         plus the percentage reflected on the chart below; provided, however,
         the Required Yield Percentage will never drop below 13.50%.



Total Annual Credit Volume                         Required Yield Percentage
- --------------------------                         -------------------------

$200 Million and Over                              Commercial Rate plus 10.40%
$170 - But less than $200 Million                  Commercial Rate plus 10.55%
$150 - But less than $170 Million                  Commercial Rate plus 10.70%
$130 - But less than $150 Million                  Commercial Rate plus 11.05%
$110 - But less than $130 Million                  Commercial Rate plus 11.45%
$0   - But less than $110 Million                  Commercial Rate plus 12.00%

    To assist Merchant and Household in monitoring the Total Billed Finance
    Charge and the Required Yield, Household shall provide to Merchant, on a
    monthly basis, the reports set forth in Schedule C.  If Merchant requires
    reports not listed on Schedule C, and if Household agrees to provide such
    reports, Merchant may be charged for such reports.

    d.   Right of Setoff. All fees, Discounts and charges described in
         this Agreement may be deducted by Household from amounts owed to
         Merchant  under this Agreement.  In the event Merchant owes Household
         money under this Agreement, Merchant may set off amounts owed by
         Household to  Merchant under this Agreement.

    e.   Acceptance, Offset & Funding.  Provided that Merchant, with
         respect to each Card Sale, has (i) requested and obtained from
         Household's Authorization Center proper Authorization as required by
         Section 4(h) (ii) below and the Transaction Data for such Card Sale is
         presented to Household for payment within sixty (60) days after the
         date of Authorization, and (ii) transmitted to Household all of the
         Transaction Data described in Section 1. hh. above for each valid Card
         Sale, Household agrees to pay Merchant the amount of each such





                                       9
<PAGE>   10

         authorized and valid Card Sale Transaction Data so transmitted
         to Household during the term of this Agreement less the amounts
         described below. Household will use its best efforts to make such
         payments on the first Business Day after receipt, verification and
         processing by Household of the transmission of the Transaction Data,
         if such transmission is received by noon Central Standard time; if
         received later than noon Central Standard time, then on the second
         Business Day after said transmission, but in no event shall such
         payments be made later than the fourth Business Day after receipt of
         said transmission by Household.  Such failure to fund is a material
         breach of this Agreement.  Household may deduct from such payments (i)
         the amount of the fees, charges, and Discounts described above in this
         Section 3; (ii) the amounts for Chargebacks as permitted and described
         in Section 6 below; (iii) customer credits, Merchant Participation
         Fees to be refunded to Household, and any other amounts owed to
         Household under this Agreement by Merchant; and (iv) the amount of
         fees, charges and other amounts owed by Merchant to Household Retail
         Services, Inc. (an Affiliate of Household), under separate Merchandise
         Financing Agreements and other agreements between Merchant and
         Household Bank (Illinois), N.A.  Household may also offset said
         amounts from future amounts owed to Merchant under this Agreement.

         Any amounts owed by Merchant to Household which cannot be paid
         by the aforesaid means shall be due and payable by Merchant on written
         demand.  Any payment made by Household to Merchant or any amounts
         deducted by Household shall not be final but shall be subject to
         subsequent review and verification by Household and Merchant, subject
         to the terms of Section 6 b. below, and subsequent fundings may be
         adjusted or Merchant billed.

         Household's liability to Merchant with respect to the funding
         of any Card transaction shall not exceed the amount on the Sales Slip
         or Credit Slip or in the Transaction Data in connection with such
         transaction.  In no event shall Household be liable for any incidental
         or consequential damages.

         Payments/funding by Household to Merchant shall be through the
         Automated Clearinghouse Network (ACH) to Merchant's account as
         designated by Merchant. The Merchant Participation Fee, less monthly
         charges owing to Household, shall be paid monthly.

Section 4.  Merchant Responsibilities Concerning Consumer Transactions.
Merchant covenants and agrees that it shall:

    (a)  honor all valid Cards without discrimination, when properly presented
         by Cardholders for payment of Goods.

    (b)  not require, through an increase in price or otherwise, any Cardholder 
         to pay any surcharge at the time of sale or pay any part of any charge 
         imposed by Household on Merchant.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11

    (c)  not establish minimum or maximum charge amounts without
         Household's prior written approval.

    (d)  prominently display at each of its locations, advertising and
         promotional materials relating to the Card, including without
         limitation take-one applications for the card and use or display such
         materials as mutually agreed upon by the parties.  Such materials
         shall be used only for the purpose of soliciting Accounts for the
         Program.  Any solicitation, written material, advertising or the like
         relating to the Program or Card Sales or the products offered
         pursuant to the Program shall be prepared or furnished by Household
         or shall receive Household's prior written approval.  The payment of
         advertising and marketing costs concerning the Program shall be
         subject to the mutual agreement of Household and Merchant on a case
         by case basis.  However, if Household prepares or furnishes
         advertising or promotional materials, at Merchant's request, then
         Merchant shall pay Household for such advertising or promotional
         materials, an amount mutually agreed to by the parties.  Further, any
         advertising or promotional materials prepared or furnished by
         Merchant, shall be at Merchant's cost.  Any such materials shall not
         be used by Merchant following termination of this Agreement.

    (e)  Use only the form of, or modes of transmission for, application/
         agreements, Sales Slips and Credit Slips as are provided by Household,
         subject to Section 2a. above and Section 7(a) below, and not use any
         application/agreements, Sales Slips and Credit Slips provided by 
         Household other than in connection with a Card transaction.

    (f)  With respect to applications for a Card, except applications mailed
         directly by the applicant to Household:

         (i)    Make sure all information requested on the application is 
                complete and reasonably legible;

         (ii)   Obtain the signature on the application of all persons whose 
                name will appear on the Account or will be responsible for the
                Account;

         (iii)  Give the applicant the initial disclosures at the time of 
                signing the application/agreement prior to the first 
                transaction under the Account;

         (iv)   Verify the identification of the individual(s) applying for the
                Account (all applications require at least two
                unexpired pieces of identification described on Schedule A
                attached to this Agreement and made a part of this Agreement
                with at least one from Group 1 on Schedule A); identification
                of the applicant(s) is the responsibility of Merchant. 
                However, if Merchant's verification includes the following, any
                Sales Slip subject to





                                       11
<PAGE>   12

                Chargeback because of the applicant's fraud shall not be 
                charged back to Merchant:

                     1. Obtain the signature on the application of each person
                        whose name will appear on the Account or will be 
                        responsible for the Account (and obtain the signature 
                        of the applicant on the Sales Slip if a purchase is 
                        made);

                     2. Review two unexpired pieces of identification for each
                        person signing the application, and list the types of
                        identification where indicated on the application (At 
                        least one piece of identification must be from Group 
                        One described on Schedule "A"); and

                     3. Compare the signature on the application (and
                        on the Sales Slip, if a purchase is made) with the
                        signatures on the above pieces of identification; they
                        must reasonably appear to match.  Also, the physical
                        description and photograph on the piece of
                        identification must reasonably appear to match the
                        individual Cardholder, and the address on the
                        identification must match the present address on the
                        application.  If the address does not match, Merchant
                        must obtain a photocopy or other identification showing
                        the current address, such as, pay-stub, utility bill,
                        or driver's license change of address form.

         (v)    Provide all information required by Household from time to time 
                for approval of applications by telephone or other electronic
                transmission; and

         (vi)   Send the actual original signed paper application to
                Household at Household's address set forth on Page one above
                within thirty (30) days of approval of the Application by
                Household. If a purchase is also made, then maintain the
                original executed paper Sales Slip as described in Section 7
                below and deliver a copy of said Sales Slip to Household upon
                request as described in Section 7 below.

    (g)  If the proposed mail-in application program is requested by Merchant 
         in writing, upon implementation of said program by Household, Merchant 
         shall be responsible to verify the applicant's identification at the 
         time of the initial Card Sale if Household's Authorization response 
         indicates to Merchant that such verification is necessary; 
         identification of the applicant(s) is the responsibility of Merchant 
         (If Household accepts a mail-in application prior to Merchant's





                                       12
<PAGE>   13

         request for the said mail-in application program, Household shall be
         responsible for any fraud under such Account).  However, if Merchant
         satisfies the provisions of Section 4(h)(i), Section 4(h)(ii) to the
         extent that Merchant obtains Authorization from Household's
         Authorization Center and a valid Authorization number is obtained and
         entered on the Sales Slip, and if Merchant's verification includes the
         following, any Sales Slip subject to Chargeback because of the
         applicant's fraud shall not be charged back to Merchant:

         (i)   Obtain the signature of the Cardholder on the Sales Slip;

         (ii)  Swipe or imprint the embossed legends legibly on the Sales Slip 
               from the Card and from Merchant's imprinter plate;

         (iii) Obtain and review two unexpired pieces of identification 
               described on Schedule A attached hereto from the Cardholder(s); 
               at least one piece of identification must be from Group One on 
               Schedule A.;

         (iv)  Compare and verify that the signatures on the pieces of
               identification, on the Card, and on the Sales Slip reasonably
               appear to match; they must, in fact, reasonably appear to match. 
               Also, the physical description and the photograph on the pieces
               of identification must reasonably appear to match the individual
               Cardholder; and

         (v)   Maintain the said original Sales Slip in Section 7 below, and 
               deliver them to Household upon request as described in Section 
               7 below.

    (h)  With respect to Sales Slips:

         (i)   enter legibly on a single Sales Slip prior to obtaining the
               Cardholder's signature (1) a separate description of  each item
               of Goods purchased in the same transaction in detail sufficient
               to  clearly identify each item of Goods;  (2) the date of the
               transaction; (3) the Authorization number; (4) the Cardholder's
               name, address and Account number; (5) the entire amount due for
               the transaction (including any applicable taxes); and (6) if
               applicable, the type of promotion(s) and the applicable
               disclosures required by any Applicable Law for such
               promotion(s), and obtain the Cardholder's signature on the Sales
               Slip.

         (ii)  REQUEST AUTHORIZATION FROM HOUSEHOLD'S AUTHORIZATION CENTER 
               UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES.  (Household may refuse to accept or 
               fund any  Transaction Data concerning a Card Sale that is 
               presented to Household for payment more than





                                       13
<PAGE>   14

               sixty (60) days after the date of Authorization of the Card
               Sale. However, (a) if Merchant subsequently seeks and obtains a
               valid Authorization number, the Transaction Data may be
               resubmitted, or (b) if Merchant delivers to Household within
               thirty (30) days of Household's refusal satisfactory evidence
               that the Transaction Data concerning the Card Sale was, in fact,
               transmitted to Household within the said sixty (60) days 
               Household will fund the Transaction Data in accordance with
               Section 3.e. above).

               If Authorization is granted, legibly enter the Authorization
               number in the designated area on the Sales Slip.  If
               Authorization is denied, Merchant shall not complete the
               transaction and Merchant shall follow any instructions from the
               Authorization Center. Merchant shall use its best efforts, by
               reasonable and peaceful means, to retain or recover a Card:

               (a)      if Merchant is advised to retain the Card in response 
                        to an Authorization request  (if Merchant does so, then
                        the individual store employee shall be entitled to 
                        receive a so-called "Fraud Recovery Award" of $25.00 to
                        be paid by Household); or

               (b)      if Merchant has reasonable grounds to believe that the
                        Card is counterfeit, fraudulent, or stolen. The 
                        obligation to retain or recover a Card imposed by this
                        Section does not authorize a breach of the peace or 
                        any injury to persons or property, and Merchant will 
                        hold Household harmless from any claim arising from any
                        injury to person or property or other breach of the
                        peace;

               If identification is uncertain or if Merchant otherwise
               questions the validity of the Card, contact Household's
               Authorization Center for instructions.  If no Card is available,
               then contact Household's Authorization Center and comply with
               Household's additional instructions.

         (iii) Merchant shall be deemed to warrant the Cardholder's true
               identity as an authorized user of the Card, and Merchant shall
               verify the Cardholder's identity.  However, if Merchant
               satisfies the provisions of Section 4(h)(i), Section 4(h)(ii) to
               the extent that Merchant obtains Authorization from Household's
               Authorization Center and a valid Authorization number is 
               correctly and legibly entered on the Sales Slip, and if
               Merchant's verification of the Cardholder's identity includes
               the following, any Sales Slip subject to Chargeback because of
               this customer's fraud shall not be charged back to Merchant:





                                       14
<PAGE>   15

               (a)  On a new Account opened at a Merchant store or location 
                    (excluding applications mailed to Household directly by 
                    the applicant), satisfaction of the items described above in
                    Section 4(f)(iv).

               (b)  For the initial Card Sale on Accounts opened by Household 
                    pursuant to applications mailed to Household directly from
                    applicant(s), satisfaction by Merchant of the items
                    described above in Section 4(g).

               (c)  For Add-on Card Sales, satisfaction by Merchant of the 
                    following:

                    1.      Obtain the signature of the Cardholder on the Sales 
                            Slip and swipe or imprint the embossed legends 
                            legibly on the Sales Slip from the Card and from 
                            Merchant's imprinter plate;

                    2.      Compare the signature on the Sales Slip with the 
                            signature on the Card and verify that the 
                            signatures on the Card and Sales Slip match; they
                            must reasonably appear to match;

                    3.      If no Card is presented and no swipe or imprint of
                            the Card is made on the Sales Slip, obtain at 
                            least one unexpired piece of picture identification 
                            from Group 1 on Schedule A and note the type of 
                            identification and the corresponding serial or
                            other identification number on the Sales Slip in the
                            Special Instructions section.  Also, the physical
                            description and photograph on the piece of 
                            identification must, in fact, reasonably appear to 
                            match the individual Cardholder, and the signature 
                            on the piece of identification must reasonably 
                            appear to match the signature on the Sales Slip; and

                    4.      Maintain the said original executed paper Sales 
                            Slip, as described in Section 7 below, and deliver 
                            said documents to Household upon request as
                            described in Section 7 below.

         (iv)  For telephone orders (TO) or mail orders (MO), only if the Sales 
               Slip is completed without the Cardholder's signature, Merchant 
               shall, in addition to all other requirements under

               this Section 4, enter legibly on the signature line of the Sales 
               Slip the letters "TO" or "MO", as appropriate, and not





                                       15
<PAGE>   16

               deliver Goods or perform services after being advised that the
               "TO" or "MO" has been canceled or that the Card is not to be
               honored. Notwithstanding the foregoing, identification of the
               Cardholder is the responsibility of Merchant for all telephone
               and mail orders.

         (v)   not present the Transaction Data concerning the Sales Slip to
               Household for funding until all Goods are delivered or all the
               services are performed to the Cardholder's satisfaction.
               However, Merchant may present the said Transaction Data before
               said delivery or performance if the Goods are to be delivered
               within ten days of the date of the Card Sale, and the Goods are,
               in fact, delivered within said ten days, provided that the
               Cardholder Agreement and Applicable Laws permit both delivery
               and the charging of interest during said ten (10) days.  If the
               Goods are not delivered within said ten (10) day period or
               Applicable Law or the Cardholder agreement does not permit the
               charging of interest during said ten (10) day period, Merchant
               shall pay to Household the amount of interest on the Account
               from the date of the Card Sale through the date of delivery of
               the Goods to the Cardholder.

         (vi)  enter the Card Sale into Household's Terminal and, if 
               applicable, Household's approval code.

         (vii) deliver a true and completed copy of the Sales Slip to the
               Cardholder at the time of the Card Sale, and maintain the
               original executed paper Sales Slip as described in Section 7
               below, and deliver said Sales Slip to Household upon request as
               described in Section 7 below. 

    (i)  Credits

         1.    Credit Slips.  If Merchant accepts any Goods for return, any
               services are terminated or canceled, or Merchant allows any
               price adjustment, then Merchant shall not make any cash refund,
               but shall complete and deliver to the Cardholder a true and
               complete copy of the Credit Slip evidencing the refund or
               adjustment at the time the refund or adjustment is made. 
               Merchant shall sign and date each Credit Slip and include
               thereon a brief description of the Goods returned, services
               terminated or canceled, refund or adjustment made, Cardholder's
               name and Account number and the date and amount of the credit,
               all in sufficient detail to identify the transaction.  The
               amount of the Credit Slip cannot exceed the amount of the
               original transaction as reflected on the Sales Slip and
               Transaction Data.  Merchant shall issue Credit Slips only in
               connection with previous bona fide Card 

               Sales and only as permitted hereunder.





                                       16
<PAGE>   17

         2.    Merchant shall immediately after a credit is given to a 
               Cardholder, transmit to Household, the Transaction Data for 
               the credit, and Merchant shall owe Household the amount of said 
               credit, which shall be paid to Household as set forth in Section 
               3 e., and maintain the said original executed Credit Slip as 
               described in Section 7 below, and deliver said Credit Slip to
               Household upon request as described in Section 7 below.

    (j)  not receive any payments from a Cardholder for charges included on any 
         Sales Slip resulting from the use of any Card, nor receive any 
         payments from a Cardholder to prepare and present a Credit Slip for 
         the purpose of effecting a deposit to the Cardholder's Account.

    (k)  Cardholder Complaints.  Merchant shall within three (3)
         Business Days of receipt provide Household with a copy of any written
         complaint from any Cardholder concerning his/her account.

    (l)  satisfy all other requirements designated in any Operating
         Instructions or as may be required from time to time by Household.  In
         the event there is any inconsistency between any Operating
         Instructions and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern.  Any
         Operating Instructions or changes thereto, except those required by
         any Applicable Law, shall not trigger a unilateral material change to
         this Agreement without Merchant's consent; which consent shall not be
         unreasonably withheld.  Merchant's compliance with any such
         instructions or changes thereto or Merchant's failure to object to
         same within thirty (30) days of receipt of same, shall be deemed to be
         Merchant's consent to any such instructions or changes.

Section 5.   Representations and Warranties.

A.       Merchant represents and warrants to Household the following:

    (a)  that each Card Sale will arise out of a bona fide sale of Goods
         by Merchant and will not involve the use of the Card for any other
         purpose; and

    (b)  that to the best of Merchant's knowledge each Card Sale will be
         to a consumer for personal, family, or household purposes; and

    (c)  that Cardholder applications will be available to the public
         without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital
         status, or age (provided the applicant has the capacity to enter
         into a binding contract) or in any manner which would discriminate
         against an applicant or discourage an applicant from  applying for the
         Card; and

    (d)  that it has full corporate power and authority to enter into
         this Agreement; that all corporate action required under any
         organization documents to make this Agreement binding and valid upon
         Merchant according to its terms has been taken; and that this





                                       17
<PAGE>   18

         Agreement is and will be binding, valid and enforceable upon Merchant
         according to its terms; and


    (e)  neither (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this
         Agreement, nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby will constitute a violation of law or a violation or default by
         Merchant under its articles of incorporation, bylaws or any
         organization documents, or any material agreement or contract and no
         authorization of any governmental authority is required in connection
         with the performance by Merchant of its obligations hereunder; and

    (f)  Merchant has all required licenses to perform it's obligations
         under this Agreement, and will govern itself in accordance with all
         Applicable Laws affecting the Program; and

B.  Household represents and warrants to Merchant the following:

    (a)  that it has full corporate power and authority to enter into
         this Agreement; that all corporate action required under any
         organization documents to make this Agreement binding and valid upon
         Household according to its terms has been taken; and that this
         Agreement is and will be binding, valid and enforceable upon Household
         according to its terms; and

    (b)  neither (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this
         Agreement, nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby will constitute a violation of law or a violation or default by
         Household under its articles of incorporation, bylaws or any
         organization documents, or any material agreement or contract and no
         authorization of any governmental authority is required in connection
         with the performance by Household of its obligations hereunder; and

    (c)  Household has all required licenses to perform it's obligations  
         under this Agreement, and will govern itself in accordance with all
         Applicable Laws affecting the Program.

Section 6.  Chargebacks to Merchant.  Merchant and Household agree that
notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the "Events of
Chargeback" described below are the only events that can trigger the Chargeback
remedy described below, and that the Chargeback remedy is subject to the
Chargeback procedures set forth below.  Merchant and Household further agree as
follows:

    a.   Events of Chargeback and Procedures.  Any Sales Slip or
         Transaction Data transmission concerning a Card Sale or Account is
         subject to Chargeback under any one of the following specified Events
         of Chargeback, subject to the Chargeback procedures set forth below. 
         Household and Merchant agree that Merchant's failure to satisfy any
         other term or provision of this Agreement, the breach of which is





                                       18
<PAGE>   19

         not identified as an Event of Chargeback below, shall be deemed a
         breach of this Agreement and the Chargeback remedy for such breaches
         shall not be available to Household.  However, Household may exercise
         all other remedies it may have against Merchant, including without
         limitation, the right to terminate this Agreement as set forth in
         Section 16 of this Agreement.

         The Events of Chargeback and procedures for exercising Chargeback are
         as follows:

         (i) Application Compliance Fee and Application Chargeback.  Under
             this subsection, every 30 day period approximating a calendar
             month is deemed to be an "Application Review Period".  Household
             shall set the precise time frame of each Application Review
             Period.

             Merchant agrees as soon as practically possible to deliver to
             Household not less than 90% of all original executed applications
             for Accounts approved by Household that corresponds to the
             applicable Application Review Period as determined by the total
             percentage compliance rate on the HRSI application tracking system
             merchant status report (the "HATS Report") as reported monthly to
             Merchant consistent with present practices between Silo and
             Household since April 1, 1992.  Failure to meet the 90% threshold
             compliance rate is deemed to be an "Application Compliance Event."

             During the Application Review Period, Household will provide
             Merchant with periodic reports as mutually agreed upon by Merchant
             and Household.  For the particular Application Review Period, such
             reports will include the approved Accounts, the missing
             application forms, and any application forms delivered which are
             unsigned.  Copies of the unsigned applications will be returned to
             Merchant.

             On or before the 30th day after the end of each Application
             Review Period, Household will deliver to Merchant a HATS Report
             containing the missing applications (any unsigned applications
             will be shown as missing applications on this report) for the
             immediately preceding Application Review Period. Merchant shall
             use its best efforts to provide Household with any missing or
             unsigned applications as such applications are identified in the
             Preliminary Report.

             Household must determine whether an Application Compliance
             Event or Application Chargeback Event has occurred as shown on the
             report; provided, however, if the HATS Report shows a total
             percentage compliance of more than ninety percent (90%) no
             Application Compliance Event will be deemed to have occurred.

             Household shall determine if an Application Compliance Event





                                       19
<PAGE>   20

             for the Application Review Period has occurred.  Upon the
             occurrence of an Application Compliance Event, Merchant shall pay
             to Household an application compliance fee ("Application
             Compliance Fee") equal to the product of (i) the percentage by
             which application delivery compliance is less than 100%,
             multiplied by (ii) 0.5% of all funded Card Sales for the Billing
             Cycles that fall within the applicable Application Review Period.
     
             For example, if total percentage compliance on the HATS Report
             is 85%, and all funded Card Sales during the applicable
             Application Review Period is $1,000,000.00, the Application
             Compliance Fee will equal $7,500 ($1,000,000.00 x 0.5% x 15%).

             In the event an Application Compliance Event occurs for more
             than two Application Review Periods in any one twelve month period
             of March 1 through February 28 during the term hereof (a "Contract
             Year"), the Application Compliance Fee for any further Application
             Compliance Event during the remaining Application Review Periods
             of the Contract Year shall increase to 0.5% of the total funded
             Card Sales for the particular Application Review Period in which
             the Application Compliance Event occurred. At the beginning of any
             subsequent Contract Year during the term hereof, the Application
             Compliance Fee shall revert back to the lower amount described
             above until the increase may again be triggered by the occurrence
             of two Application Compliance Events in the then current Contract
             Year.

             If, for any Application Review Period during the term hereof,
             Merchant fails to meet a total percentage compliance rate on the
             HATS Report of 80% an "Application Chargeback Event" will be
             deemed to have occurred.  The 80% threshold compliance rate shall
             not be met if Merchant fails to deliver to Household at least 80%
             of all original executed applications for a particular Application
             Review Period.  In such event, Household may immediately implement
             a Chargeback under this subsection for all Accounts with missing
             or unsigned applications approved by Household during the
             applicable Application Review Period (an "Application
             Chargeback"), and in addition, Household may thereupon declare a
             material breach of this Agreement by Merchant.  An Application
             Chargeback imposed shall be in lieu of an Application Compliance
             Fee. For each Application Chargeback, Merchant shall pay to
             Household the Account balance. In all cases, Merchant is to use
             its best efforts to forward all applications to Household.





                                       20
<PAGE>   21


    (ii)     Customer Dispute Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures and
             limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback if the
             Cardholder, in accordance with Household's established customer
             service procedures and within one year from the actual first
             payment due date for the particular Card Sale, disputes the
             delivery, quality or performance of the goods, services or
             warranties purchased, disputes the Card Sale or Sales Slip,
             alleges a billing error, duplicate charge or other problem or
             matter not caused by Household, or alleges that a credit
             adjustment was or should have been issued by Merchant but is not
             posted to Cardholder's Account (a "Customer Dispute Chargeback
             Event").

             Within twenty one (21) days of Household's receipt of the
             Cardholder's written notice of his/her contention that a Customer
             Dispute Chargeback Event has occurred in accordance with
             Household's established procedures, Household must provide
             Merchant a Chargeback Notice specifically detailing the
             circumstances of the Customer Dispute Chargeback Event (the
             "Customer Dispute Chargeback Notice").  Household may not
             implement a Chargeback under this subsection until expiration of
             a twenty one (21) day period after delivery to Merchant of the
             Customer Dispute Chargeback Notice (the "Customer Dispute Cure
             Period").

             During the Customer Dispute Cure Period, Merchant will use all
             reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute specified in the
             Customer Dispute Chargeback Notice.  If, in Household's
             reasonable judgment, Merchant is unable to provide Household
             information indicating that the dispute has been resolved on or
             before the expiration of the Customer Dispute Cure Period,
             Household may then trigger a Chargeback for a particular Card
             Sale (a "Customer Dispute Chargeback").
     
             For each Customer Dispute Chargeback, Merchant shall pay to
             Household the aggregate of the full amount of the Sales Slip/Card
             Sale Transaction Data plus sixty percent (60%) of the finance
             charges thereon for up to a maximum of six (6) Billing Cycles,
             net of any payments made by the Cardholder.

    (iii)    Fraud Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures and limitations
             below, Household may trigger a Chargeback for any Card Sale for
             which each of the following events occur:

             (1) the Cardholder or other person in accordance with Household's
             applicable fraud procedures, disputes or denies the authorization
             or execution of the application or Sales Slip or otherwise
             alleges a fraud;

             (2) Household's Security Department completes an investigation of
             the fraud alleged by Cardholder, such investigation to be
             completed by Household in accordance with its applicable
             procedures and internal guidelines for fraud investigations as
             may be amended from time to time; and





                                       21
<PAGE>   22

             (3) Household obtains and delivers to Merchant an affidavit or
             certified death certificate to support the fraud assertions;
             or

             (4) Household has determined that (a) Merchant did not fully
             comply with fraud protection procedures set forth in Section
             4(f)(iv), Section 4(g) or Section 4(h) as applicable, (b) the
             Card Sale is a telephone order or mail order, or (c) the Card
             Sale, application,


             Sales Slip, credit slip or Transaction Data is subject to a claim
             of illegality, cancellation, rescission, avoidance or offset due
             to the fraud or dishonesty of Merchant or any employee, agent,
             franchisee or licensee of Merchant (collectively, the occurrence
             of each of the events in subsections (1), (2), (3), and (4) above
             is known as a "Fraud Chargeback Event").

             Upon Household's determination that a Fraud Chargeback Event has
             occurred, Household must provide Merchant with a written notice
             detailing the circumstances of the Fraud Chargeback Event,
             including supplementary information and documentation applicable
             to the Account and the above described affidavit (the "Fraud
             Chargeback Notice").  Household may not implement a Chargeback
             under this subsection until the expiration of the thirty (30) day
             period after Merchant's receipt of the Fraud Chargeback Notice
             (the "Fraud Cure Period").

             On or before the expiration of the Fraud Cure Period, if Merchant
             has not demonstrated to Household in Household's reasonable
             judgment that a Fraud Chargeback Event has not occurred,
             Household may then trigger a Chargeback for the Card Sales or
             Accounts identified in the Fraud Chargeback Notice (a "Fraud
             Chargeback").  Merchant shall pay to Household the aggregate of
             the full amount of each Sales Slip/Card Sale Transaction Data or
             Account or the portion thereof subject to Chargeback plus finance
             charges thereon up to a maximum of six (6) Billing Cycles, net of
             any payments made by the Cardholder ("Fraud Chargeback Amount").

             Household agrees to suspend Authorizations on an Account as soon
             as possible but not later than five (5) days after Household's
             Fraud and Loss Prevention Department receives information from
             the Cardholder denying execution by the Cardholder of the
             application or Sales Slip, as applicable.  If Household fails to
             do so, the amount of the Fraud Chargeback concerning the
             applicable Account will exclude the amount of any Card Sales plus
             the finance charges thereon made after said 5th day on said
             Account.

             Beginning on the first Billing Cycle to occur after the Effective
             Date of this Agreement, Household will establish an annual Fraud
             Reserve.  This reserve will be an unfunded account which shall be
             30 basis points of the average outstanding Accounts for the
             preceding calendar year.  The parties agree that in calendar year
             1994 the Fraud Reserve shall be $392,803.00.  Thereafter the
             average shall be determined at year end.  Household will
             determine the average





                                       22
<PAGE>   23

             outstanding Accounts by adding the outstanding balances on
             Accounts in November and the outstanding balances on Accounts in
             December and dividing by two (2).  This will establish the Fraud
             Reserve for the following year.  Each Fraud Chargeback Amount
             shall be deducted from the Fraud Reserve until the Fraud Reserve
             is exhausted.  No deduction for fraud shall be made from the
             Fraud Reserve as defined in this Section 6(iii) if Merchant has
             fully complied with fraud protection procedures set forth in
             Section 4(f)(iv), Section 4(g) or Section 4(h) as applicable.
             Merchant shall not be required to pay any Fraud Chargeback amount
             unless or until the total amount of Fraud Chargebacks exceed the
             Fraud Reserve.  At the end of each calendar year if there is any
             excess in the Fraud Reserve it will be credited to the Merchant;
             provided, however, the amount to be credited to the Merchant from
             the Fraud Reserve in 1994 will be pro rated by the number of full
             months this Agreement has been in effect in calendar year 1994.

    (iv)     Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures
             and limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback in the
             amount set forth below if each of the following events occur:

             (1) Household makes a document request on a Request Form in
             strict compliance with the document request procedures set forth
             in Section 7(d) below;

             (2) Cardholder has filed a petition for relief under the
             Bankruptcy Code;

             (3) Either (a) Merchant fails to deliver to Household on or
             before the expiration of the twenty one (21) day response period
             provided by Section 7(d) below, either (i) a copy of the original
             Sales Slip signed by the Cardholder requested by Household; or
             (ii) if the original Sales Slip is not available after a diligent
             search, a computer generated invoice; or (b) with respect to an
             application approved by Household after the 25th day of March,
             1992 Household is not in receipt of the original application
             executed by the applicants and the application was previously
             reported to Merchant as missing on the applicable reports
             described in Section 6(a)(i) above, or (c) with respect to an
             application approved by Household before the 25th day of March,
             1992, the application is unsigned (but not missing); and

             (4) The Account balance is $300 or more (collectively, the
             occurrence of each of the events in subsections (1), (2), (3),
             and (4) above is known as a "Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback
             Event").

             Immediately upon the occurrence of the Bankruptcy Documentation
             Chargeback Event, Household may implement the Chargeback (a
             "Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback").  As a condition to
             implementing a Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback Event
             concerning Subsection 6.a.(iv)(3)(c) above (unsigned
             application), Household shall send Merchant a copy of the
             unsigned application at the time of





                                       23
<PAGE>   24

             the Chargeback.

             For a Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
             6.a.(iv)(3)(a) above (missing or unsigned Sales Slips), Merchant
             shall pay to Household the lesser of (i) 50% of the balance of
             missing or unsigned Sales Slips for the Account (including sixty
             percent (60%) of finance charges up to a maximum of six Billing
             Cycles, but excluding matching Sales Slips and Credit Slips
             arising from sales canceled by subsequent refunds), or (ii) 50%
             of the Account balance at the time of the Chargeback.  For a
             Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
             6.a.(iv)(3)(b) above (missing or unsigned applications) or
             Subsection 6.a.(iv)(3)(c) above (unsigned applications), Merchant
             shall pay to Household 50% of the Account balance at the time of
             Chargeback.

             This Subsection 6.a.(iv) shall be deemed to be in effect as of
             the Effective Date for all Chargeback Notices that are, or have
             been, sent to Merchant on or after the Effective Date.

             Notwithstanding the above, no Bankruptcy Documentation
             Chargeback shall occur if Household fails to take any action
             concerning an Account within the later of (i) one year after the
             date of receipt of the last payment, and (ii) if there is a
             purchase on the Account made pursuant to a promotion, one year
             after the actual first payment due date.

             The acceptance of a computer generated invoice under Section
             6(iv)(3) shall not relieve Merchant of the duty to maintain
             signed Sales Slips as described in Section 7 below and to produce
             these when requested for other purposes.

    (v)      Collection Documentation Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures
             and limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback in the
             amount set forth below if each of the following events occur:

             (1) Household makes a document request on a Request Form in
             strict compliance with the document request procedures set forth
             in Section 7(d) below, and

             (2) Either (a) Merchant fails to deliver to Household on or
             before the expiration of the twenty one (21) day response period
             provided by Section 7(d) below, a copy of the original Sales Slip
             signed by the Cardholder requested by Household, or (b) with
             respect to an application approved by Household after March 25,
             1992, Household is not in receipt of the original application
             executed by the applicants and the application was previously
             reported to Merchant as missing on the applicable reports
             described in Section 6.a.(i) above, or (c) with respect to an
             application approved by Household before March 25, 1992, the
             application is unsigned (but not missing); and

             (3) Either (a) Household files a lawsuit and Household fails to
             obtain a judgment in its favor or the case is dismissed, in
             either





                                       24
<PAGE>   25

             case due to lack of signed Sales Slips and/or applications, or
             (b) Household's counsel reasonably deems any legal action to be a
             loss due to lack of signed Sales Slips and/or applications.

             (4) The Account balance is $300.00 or more (collectively, the
             occurrence of each of the events in subsections (1), (2), (3) and
             (4) above is known as a "Collection Documentation Chargeback
             Event").

             Immediately upon the occurrence of the Collection Documentation
             Chargeback Event, Household may implement the Chargeback (a
             "Collection Documentation Chargeback").  As a condition to
             implementing a Collection Documentation Chargeback Event
             concerning Subsection 6.a.(v)(2)(c) above (unsigned application),
             Household shall send Merchant a copy of the unsigned application
             at the time of the Chargeback.

             For a Collection Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
             6.a.(v)(3)(a) above (lawsuit), Merchant shall pay to Household
             the loss incurred by Household which results directly from a
             missing or unsigned Sales Slips and/or application.

             For a Collection Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
             6.a.(v)(3)(b) (no lawsuit), Merchant shall pay to Household:

             (i)  with respect to a missing or unsigned application, 50% of
             the Account balance at the time of the Chargeback.

             (ii)  with respect to a missing or unsigned Sales Slip, the
             lesser of (i) 50% of the balance of missing or unsigned Sales
             Slips for the Account (including sixty percent (60%) of finance
             charges up to a maximum of six Billing Cycles, but excluding
             matching Sales Slips and Credit Slips arising from sales canceled
             by subsequent refunds), or (ii) 50% of the Account balance at the
             time of the Chargeback.

             Notwithstanding the above, no Collection Documentation Chargeback
             shall occur if Household fails to take any action concerning an
             Account within the later of (i) one year after the date of
             receipt of the last payment, and (ii) if there is a purchase on
             the Account made pursuant to a promotion, one year after the
             actual first payment due date.

    (vi)     Invalid Account Number Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures and
             limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback for any
             Transaction Data if Household funds the dollar amount of the
             Transaction Data submitted by Merchant for a Card Sale, but
             Household is subsequently unable to match the Transaction Data
             submitted with the appropriate Account.

             Household must send Merchant written notice (the "Invalid Account
             Number Chargeback Notice") within ninety (90) days of the funding
             date of the Transaction Data containing the following
             information, if, and as, transmitted to Household by Merchant:





                                       25
<PAGE>   26


             (1)     Account number
             (2)     Transaction/Sale Date
             (3)     Appropriate Identifier Code identifying the transaction 
                     as a sale or credit
             (4)     Transaction Amount
             (5)     Reason for Chargeback

             Household may not implement a Chargeback under this subsection
             until the expiration of a twenty one (21) day period after
             delivery to Merchant of the Authorization Chargeback Notice (the
             "Invalid Account Number Chargeback Cure Period").

             During the Invalid Account Number Chargeback Cure Period,
             Merchant will use all reasonable efforts to provide the
             information requested in the Invalid Account Number Chargeback
             Notice.  If Merchant fails to deliver to Household the requested
             information on or before the expiration of the Invalid Account
             Number Chargeback Cure Period or if Household cannot match the
             Transaction Data to an Account with the information provided by
             Merchant during the Invalid Account Number Chargeback Cure
             Period, Household may then trigger a Chargeback for the
             particular Transaction Data (an "Invalid Account Number
             Chargeback").

             For each Invalid Account Number Chargeback, Merchant shall pay to
             Household the amount funded to Merchant for such transaction,
             plus sixty percent (60%) of finance charges thereon up to a
             maximum of six (6) Billing Cycles net of any payment made by the
             Cardholder.

b.  Post Chargeback Procedures.  Upon each Chargeback by Household triggered by
an Event of Chargeback described above, Household will, upon request, return to
Merchant any Sales Slip or copy thereof or other evidence of the transaction it
received from Merchant.  Household shall provide, at Merchant's request (which
request must be made within sixty (60) days of implementation of the Collection
Chargeback), copies of collection screen prints relating to such Sales Slip, to
the extent and only if allowed by law.  Household may deduct amounts owed to
Household under this Section 6 from any amounts owed to Merchant under this
Agreement.  Any payment made by Merchant to Household as a result of a
Chargeback shall not be final but shall be subject to subsequent review and
verification by Household and Merchant, subject to the provisions of Section
6.d. below, and subsequent fundings may be adjusted or Merchant billed.  Upon
completion of a properly implemented Chargeback permitted by this Section 6,
Merchant shall own the Account or Sales Slip, whichever is charged back to
Merchant, and Merchant shall bear all liability and risk of loss associated
with the Sales Slip, Card Sale or Account that has been subject to Chargeback,
or the applicable portion thereof, without warranty or representation whether
express or implied by, or recourse or liability to, Household.

c.  Format of Chargeback Notice.  The Customer Service Chargeback Notice and
the Fraud Chargeback Notice (collectively referred to as the "Chargeback
Notice") must be in writing and must contain the following information, if and
as, submitted by Merchant to Household:





                                       26
<PAGE>   27


             (i)     Cardholder Name
             (ii)    Cardholder Account Number - 15 digits
             (iii)   Merchant Invoice No. - 14 digits
             (iv)    Transaction Date - date of Card Sale or credit, as 
                     applicable
             (v)     Chargeback Amount
             (vi)    Reason for Chargeback
             (vii)   Account balance
             (viii)  Appropriate transaction identifier code identifying
                     the transaction as a credit or sale

Each Chargeback Notice must be delivered to Merchant at Merchant's address set
forth on page one of this Agreement.

d.  Chargeback Dispute.  Merchant is entitled to dispute a Chargeback or amount
of a Chargeback.  For example (1) Merchant may be able to document to Household
that Merchant complied with the applicable fraud protection procedures in this
Agreement, or (2) Merchant may wish to prove to Household with respect to a
Collection Documentation Chargeback that (i) the Merchant fully complied with
any permitted Section 7(d) document request made by Household, or (ii)
Household did not comply with its Section 7(d) document request requirements
and procedures.

Any dispute by Merchant concerning a Chargeback or the amount of a Chargeback
or Merchant's review and verification of any Sales Slip or Account that is
charged back to Merchant, are subject to the procedures and limitations below:

              1. For each such dispute, the dispute must be made in writing, on
                 a form to be mutually agreed upon by the parties, and copies
                 of the applicable Chargeback Notices, Bankruptcy Documentation
                 Chargeback Notices, Collection Documentation Chargeback
                 Notices, applicable application reports, and Invalid Account
                 Number Chargeback Notices must be attached to said form
                 (herein the said form and attachments are collectively called
                 the "Dispute Form"):

              2. The Dispute Form must be delivered to Household, at
                 Household's address set forth on page one of this Agreement to
                 the attention of Silo Chargeback Manager with a copy to the
                 Major Account Executive.

              3. The Dispute Form must be delivered within one hundred twenty
                 (120) days from the date Household deducted the amount of the
                 Chargeback from funding or otherwise received payment of said
                 amount ("Chargeback Dispute Period").  Merchant's right to
                 dispute any Chargeback or amount of Chargeback must be done in
                 strict compliance with the terms, provisions and time frames
                 set forth above.  Upon expiration of the Chargeback Dispute
                 Period, the applicable Chargeback shall be deemed to be final.

              Within the Chargeback Dispute Period, Merchant has the right to
              audit the Chargebacks for that period.





                                       27
<PAGE>   28


e.  Survival.  The terms and provisions of this Section 6 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

Section 7.  Transmission of Data & Records.  Data, records and
information shall be transmitted and maintained as described below.

(a)           Transmission of Data.  Merchant shall transmit to Household, by
              electronic transmission or other form of transmission mutually
              agreed upon by Household and Merchant  the Transaction Data
              required by this Agreement  concerning Card Sales and credit
              transactions.  All data transmitted shall be in a medium, form
              and format designated by Household and shall be presorted
              according to Household's instructions provided, however, no
              changes in current procedures will be initiated by Household
              until notification to Merchant and mutual agreement of reasonable
              time frame.  Any errors or missing information in the Transaction
              Data or in its transmission shall be the sole responsibility of
              Merchant, except if Household's electronic system of data
              transmission malfunctions or is otherwise unavailable.  The means
              of transmission indicated above in this Section shall be the
              exclusive means utilized by Merchant for the transmission of
              Transaction Data to Household, unless and until the parties
              mutually agree to a different form.

(b)           Receipt of Transmission.  Upon successful receipt of the above
              described transmission, Household will pay Merchant in accordance
              with this Agreement, subject to subsequent review and
              verification by Household and to all other rights of Household
              and obligations of Merchant as set forth in this Agreement. If
              transmission of Transaction Data is by tape, Merchant agrees to
              deliver upon demand by Household a duplicate tape of any prior
              tape transmission, if such demand is made within forty-five (45)
              calendar days of the original transmission.

(c)           Records.  Merchant shall maintain the actual original executed
              paper Sales Slips, Credit Slips, and other records pertaining to
              any transaction covered by this Agreement for such time and in
              such manner as Household or any law or regulation may require,
              but in no event less than two (2) years after the date Merchant
              presents each Transaction Data to Household, and Merchant shall
              make and retain for at least four (4) years either (i) the said
              actual original executed paper documents, or (ii) legible
              microfilm copies of such actual original executed paper
              transaction documents or Computer Generated Invoices.

(d)           Requests for Documents.  Household may request Merchant to
              provide to Household copies of the actual original executed paper
              Sales Slips and Credit Slips, applications, if applicable, or
              other transaction records, and any other documentary evidence
              available to Merchant and reasonably requested by Household to
              meet its obligations under law (including its obligations under
              the Fair Credit Billing Act) or otherwise to respond to
              questions, disputes, complaints, lawsuits, counterclaims or
              claims concerning Accounts or requests from or





                                       28
<PAGE>   29

              concerning Cardholders, or if requested by a regulator, examiner,
              governmental agency or other similar entity or person,or to
              enforce any rights Household may have against a Cardholder,
              including, without limitation, litigation by or against
              Household, collection efforts and bankruptcy proceedings.

              Household shall not submit a Document Request Form for an Account
              in collection or bankruptcy concerning any Account that has a
              balance less than $300.00.  Household shall request Sales Slips
              by completing a request form ("Request Form"), which shall
              contain the following information for each Sales Slip requested,
              as applicable, provided Merchant has previously given Household
              such information for the respective Sales Slip:

              a.   Cardholder Name.
              b.   Cardholder Account Number - 15 digits.
              c.   Merchant Invoice Number - 14 digits.
              d.   Transaction Date/date of the Card Sale.
              e.   Transaction amount.
              f.   Account balance as of the Request Date .
              g.   Date of request  ("Request Date") and date by which the 
                   information is to be delivered.
              h.   Request reason code.
              i.   Type of information requested.
              j.   Appropriate transaction identifier code identifying the 
                   transaction as a credit or sale.

              Request Forms shall be sent by facsimile to Merchant.

              Merchant shall provide Household with copies of all originally
              executed Sales Slips and copies of identification (if required
              under Section 4 above) if requested by Household on the Request
              Form within twenty-one (21) days of the date of the facsimile
              receipt.

              If Merchant is required to utilize overnight mail or courier, or
              certified or registered mail to allow it to comply with any
              response times provided herein for requested documents or
              information, Merchant shall bear the cost.  However, if Household
              requests Merchant to provide it with Sales Slips or other
              information requested on a Request Form before the response times
              provided herein and, in order to comply with this request,
              Merchant is required to utilize overnight courier or mail or
              certified or registered mail, Household shall bear the cost.
              Household shall reimburse Merchant for any such costs after it
              receives written receipts for such costs by adding such costs to
              any other monies or amounts owed to Merchant under this
              Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Household is
              required to respond to a Cardholder's inquiry, a state or federal
              regulator's request or in a judicial or other similar proceeding
              before the response times set forth herein and Household notifies
              Merchant of this fact, Merchant will cooperate and use its best
              efforts to respond within the response time requested by
              Household.





                                       29
<PAGE>   30

(e)           Computer Terminals.   Household will provide to Merchant one or
              more Terminals to be used for Card applications, Sales Slip and
              other data processing in Merchant's place(s) of business, subject
              to the terms of this Agreement.  Merchant will pay Household the
              Terminal Usage Fee in the amount of $20.00 (twenty dollars) each
              month for each Terminal placed at Merchant's place(s) of
              business.  Upon the mutual agreement of the parties, Merchant may
              obtain, at its expense, and use at its stores, its own computer
              hardware and equipment for the processing of applications, and
              Merchant shall then return all Terminals and any accompanying
              equipment to Household in the same condition as received, except
              for normal wear and tear.  Upon receipt by Household of each said
              Terminal and accompanying equipment, the Terminal Usage Fee
              assessed for each such Terminal shall cease.  Merchant will be
              responsible for all costs related to repair and/or replacement of
              Terminals resulting from Merchant's misuse of the Terminals.
              Household will provide normal maintenance and replacement units
              for malfunctioning Terminals.  Merchant will provide a dedicated
              telephone line to transmit the data entered on the Terminal to
              Household's Servicing Center, at Merchant's cost.  Household
              shall provide a toll-free 800 telephone number for Merchant to
              use in transmitting the data on the Terminal to the Household
              Servicing Center, at Household's cost.  In the event of
              Merchant's breach of this Agreement or termination of this
              Agreement, immediately upon Household's request, Merchant will
              promptly return to Household all software, Terminals and
              equipment provided by Household hereunder in the same condition
              as received, except for normal wear and tear.  Any amounts owed
              to Household hereunder may be  deducted from any amounts owed to
              Merchant under this Agreement.  Merchant agrees not to reproduce
              any software provided to Merchant under this Agreement.
              Household and Merchant may from time to time mutually agree to
              change or cease use of the tape or electronic transmission
              process described in this Section, and Household may require
              delivery to Household of the actual Sales Slips and Credit Slips
              within five (5) Business Days after the date of the respective
              sale or credit transaction.

(f)           Limited License/HAPS.  Household hereby grants to Merchant an
              individual, non-transferable, limited and non-exclusive license
              and right to use Household's application processing software
              known as   "Household Application Processing System" ("HAPS") in
              machine readable (object code) form at the Merchant's address
              shown above at page one of this Agreement (and on any exhibit
              attached hereto) subject to the following terms and conditions
              which Merchant hereby accepts and agrees to:

              i.  HAPS is and remains the sole, exclusive, confidential and
                  trade secret property of Household.  Merchant will not reverse
                  engineer, decompile or attempt to derive source code of HAPS.

              ii. HAPS will be used solely for the processing of credit
                  applications to be submitted to Household (and not any other 
                  credit provider) in connection with this Agreement and for 
                  no other purpose.





                                       30
<PAGE>   31


             iii. Merchant will not copy or duplicate HAPS except as
                  specifically authorized by Household.  Merchant will not make 
                  or attempt to make any changes, modifications, enhancements, 
                  or customization to HAPS.  Merchant will promptly use any 
                  modifications or new versions of HAPS provided by Household 
                  so that the most current version is used by Merchant.

              iv. In addition to the obligations imposed by Section 20
                  below, Merchant agrees to maintain HAPS and any document or
                  information relating thereto in strict confidence and will
                  not use such except as provided herein.  Disclosure of HAPS
                  to employees of Merchant will only be made on a need to know
                  basis and be limited to as few employees as necessary. 
                  Merchant will insure compliance with this Agreement by its
                  employees, agents, representatives, officers and directors. 
                  Neither HAPS nor any information regarding HAPS will be
                  disclosed to any other person or entity.

              v.  In addition to the obligations imposed by Section 14 below,
                  Merchant shall indemnify and hold Household harmless for any
                  loss, claim or damage arising out of Merchant's use or
                  possession of HAPS, including any use or possession by
                  Merchant's employees, agents, representatives, officers or
                  directors to the extent not caused by the gross negligence of
                  Household.

              vi. Household shall have no liability or responsibility to
                  Merchant, its employees, agents, representatives, officers,
                  or directors or any other person or entity with respect to
                  any liability, loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused
                  directly or indirectly by HAPS, its use or operation.

                HOUSEHOLD MAKES NO WARRANTIES EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AS TO
                HAPS INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
                FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  HOUSEHOLD SHALL NOT BE
                RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
                ANTICIPATORY PROFITS, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
                DAMAGES OCCURRING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
                PERFORMANCE OF HAPS.

             vii. Merchant shall not transfer, sell, assign, encumber, or
                  pledge HAPS and any such purported transfer, sale,
                  assignment, encumbrance or pledge shall be null and void.

(g)           Termination.  In the event this Agreement is terminated, the
              license granted under this Section 7 shall automatically
              terminate.  Upon termination of this Agreement and at the request
              of Household, Merchant will (i) return HAPS and all materials
              including books and manuals and any copies thereof relating to
              HAPS to Household and will certify in writing that HAPS has been
              permanently eliminated from Merchant's computer equipment and
              that no copies exist, and (ii) promptly return to Household all
              software, Terminals and equipment in the same condition as
              received, except for normal wear and tear.





                                       31
<PAGE>   32


(h)           Survival.  The terms and provisions of this Section shall survive
              the termination of this Agreement.

Section 8.  Endorsement.  Merchant agrees that Merchant shall be deemed to have
endorsed any Sales Slip, Credit Slip, or Cardholder payments by check, money
order, or other instrument made payable to Merchant that a Cardholder presents
to Household in Household's favor, and Merchant hereby authorizes Household to
supply such necessary endorsements on behalf of Merchant.

Section 9.  Prohibited Payments.  Merchant agrees that Household has the
sole right to receive payments on any accepted Sales Slip as long as:

     (a)         Household has paid Merchant the Sales Slip amount; or
     (b)         Household has not charged such Sales Slip back to Merchant
                 hereunder.

                 Unless specifically authorized in writing by Household,
                 Merchant  agrees not to make any collections on any such Sales
                 Slip.  Merchant agrees to hold in trust for Household any
                 payment received by Merchant of all or part of the amount of
                 any accepted Sales Slip and to deliver promptly the same in
                 kind to Household within five (5) days of receipt by Merchant,
                 together with the Cardholder's name, Account number, and any
                 correspondence accompanying the payment.  Notwithstanding the
                 foregoing, Merchant, at its cost, may provide to Cardholders
                 seeking to make in-store payments, a stamped envelope,
                 addressed to Household's payment center to enable the
                 Cardholder to mail his/her payment to Household.

Section 10.  Financial Information.  Household may annually review the
financial stability of Merchant.  To assist Household in doing this, Merchant
shall deliver to Household no later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, an audited financial statement and supporting materials with sufficient
detail to accurately portray the financial condition of Merchant, including
10-Ks, 10-Qs and 8-Ks as such reports are filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and press releases as issued from time to time.  Merchant
warrants and represents that any financial statement or other information
submitted to Household by Merchant is true and accurate as of the date on the
document and as of the date submitted.  Merchant understands that Household may
verify the information on any financial statement or other information provided
by Merchant and, from time to time, may seek credit, financial and other
information concerning Merchant from others.   Upon request by Merchant,
Household shall send to Merchant, an audited financial statement with
sufficient detail to accurately portray the financial condition of Household
International, Inc.

Section 11.  Merchant Business Practices.  Merchant agrees to provide adequate
services in connection with each Card Sale pursuant to standard customs and
trade practices and any applicable manufacturer's warranties, and to provide
such repairs, service and replacements and take such other corrective action as
may be required by law.





                                       32
<PAGE>   33



Section 12.  Cardholder Account Information.  Merchant shall not sell,
purchase, provide, or exchange Account number information in the form of
imprinted Sales Slips, carbon copies of imprinted Sales Slips, Cardholder
mailing lists, tapes or other media obtained by reason of a Card transaction to
any third party other than to Merchant's agents for the purpose of assisting
Merchant in its business with Household or pursuant to a government request.

Section 13.  Change in Ownership.  Merchant agrees to send Household at least
thirty (30) days prior written notice of any change in Merchant's name or
location, any material change in ownership of Merchant's business or any change
in Sales Slip or Credit Slip information concerning Merchant.

Section 14.  Indemnification.

         (a)   

               Indemnification by Merchant.  Merchant shall be liable to and
               shall indemnify and hold harmless Household and its Affiliates
               and their respective officers, employees, agents and directors
               from any losses, damages, claims or complaints incurred by
               Household or any Affiliate of Household or their respective
               officers, employees, agents and directors arising out of: (i)
               Merchant's failure to comply with this Agreement;  (ii) any
               claim, dispute, complaint or setoff made by a Cardholder or
               applicant with respect to anything done or not done by Merchant
               in connection with Card Sales or credits; (iii) anything done or
               not done by Merchant in connection with the furnishing of any
               goods, warranties or services purchased by Cardholders; (iv) the
               death or injury to any person or the loss, destruction or damage
               to any property arising out of the design, manufacture or
               furnishing by Merchant of any goods, warranties or services
               purchased by Cardholders; (v) any claim or complaint of a third
               party in connection with Merchant's advertisements and
               promotions relating to the Card unless Merchant's advertisements
               and promotions are materials supplied by Household and are used
               by Merchant without alteration; (vi) any illegal or improper
               conduct of Merchant or its employees or agents; and (vii) any
               claim or complaint by a consumer that Merchant has violated the
               Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, or any other
               act and related Applicable Laws. Household may deduct any
               amounts incurred by Household under this Section from amounts
               owed Merchant under this Agreement.

         (b)   

               Indemnification by Household.  Household shall be liable to and 
               shall indemnify and hold harmless Merchant and its officers,
               employees, and directors from any losses, damages, claims, or
               complaints incurred by Merchant or its officers, employees and
               directors arising out of any claim or complaint by a Cardholder
               or applicant with respect to anything wrongfully done or not
               done by Household in connection with such Cardholder's Account
               or applicants application with





                                       33
<PAGE>   34

               respect to any advertisements or promotions relating to the
               Card that are specifically approved in writing by Household.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification by Household
               shall not apply to any claim or complaint relating to the
               failure of Merchant to resolve a billing inquiry or dispute with
               a Cardholder relating to Merchant's actions or omissions.

         (c)   Notice of Claim.  In the event that Household or Merchant shall
               receive any claim or demand or be subject to any suit or
               proceeding of which a claim may be made against the other under
               this Section, the indemnified party shall give prompt written
               notice thereof to the indemnifying party and the indemnifying
               party will be entitled to participate in the settlement or
               defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to indemnified party
               at the indemnifying party's expense.  In any case, the
               indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall cooperate (at
               no cost to the indemnified party) in the settlement or defense
               of any such claim, demand, suit, or proceeding.

         (d)  Survival.  The terms of this Section 14 shall survive the 
              termination of this Agreement.

Section 15.  Inspection.  Employees of each of Merchant and Household may
examine during normal business hours at each other's respective offices,
certain documents, books,  records or operations of the other that concern only
the Accounts, Chargebacks and funding of Sales Slips with respect to Card Sales
of Merchant only, subject to the limitations in Section 6 d..

Section 16.  Term and Termination.

         (a)   Term.  This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective
               Date  when executed by authorized officers of each of the
               parties and   shall remain in effect for four (4) years
               ("Initial Term").  Thereafter, this Agreement shall be
               automatically renewed for  successive one year terms (the
               "Renewal Term(s)") unless and until terminated as provided
               herein.  The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the
               rights and obligations of the parties with respect to
               transactions and occurrences which take place prior to the
               effective date of termination, except as otherwise provided
               herein.

         (b)   Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated:

                   (i)       by Household or Merchant upon not less than one
                             hundred eighty (180) days notice to the other
                             prior to the end of the Initial Term or the end of
                             each Renewal Term.

                   (ii)      by Household or Merchant immediately upon notice
                             to the other in the event either party (i) shall
                             elect to wind up or dissolve its operation or is
                             wound up and dissolved;





                                       34
<PAGE>   35

                             becomes insolvent or repeatedly fails to pay
                             its debts as they become due; makes an assignment
                             for the benefit of creditors; files a voluntary
                             petition in bankruptcy, or for reorganization or
                             is adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent; or has a
                             liquidator or trustee appointed over its affairs,
                             or (ii)  materially breaches its obligations or
                             any warranty or representation under this
                             Agreement.

                   (iii)     by Household upon not less than one hundred eighty
                             (180) days notice if Fretter, Inc. ceases to be a
                             publicly held company, or if there occurs a
                             material adverse change in the financial condition
                             of Merchant as determined by Household.

                   (iv)      by Household upon not less than thirty (30) days
                             notice if Merchant suspends or goes out of
                             business or sends a notice of a proposed bulk sale
                             of all or part of its business;

                   (v)       by Household upon not less than sixty (60) days
                             notice, if in Household's judgment as verified by
                             an attorney's opinion, any Applicable Law
                             requires that this Agreement or either party's
                             rights or obligations hereunder or under the
                             Cardholder application/agreement be amended,
                             modified, waived or suspended in any respect,
                             including, without limitation, any Applicable Law
                             that affects the amount of finance charges,
                             charges or fees that may be charged or collected
                             or the Consumer Rate that may be charged on
                             purchases with the Card.

                   (vi)      by Household if the Total Annual Credit Volume
                             falls below $110,000,000.00.

                   (vii)     by Merchant upon not less than sixty (60) days
                             notice, if in Merchant's judgment as verified by
                             an attorney's opinion, any Applicable Law
                             requires that this Agreement or either party's
                             rights or obligations hereunder or under the
                             Cardholder application/agreement be amended,
                             modified, waived or suspended in any respect,
                             including, without limitation, any Applicable Law
                             that affects the amount of finance charges,
                             charges or fees that may be charged or collected
                             or the Consumer Rate that may be charged on
                             purchases with the Card and therefore
                             significantly alters the Merchant's liability for
                             payments to Household under Section 3(c) of this
                             Agreement.

         (c)       This Subsection Was Intentionally Left Blank.

         (d)       Duties and Rights Upon Termination.  Upon termination of
                   this Agreement, Merchant will promptly submit to Household
                   all Card Sales, credit and other data made through the date
                   of termination.  Upon termination, and if requested by
                   Merchant, Household, at its option, may continue to accept
                   (but Household has no obligation to do so) new or additional
                   Card Sales to then existing Cardholders





                                       35
<PAGE>   36

         pursuant to terms and conditions designated by Household, in its sole
         discretion, at such time.

    (e)  Purchase Requirements.  The following are the  Purchase
         Requirements:

         (i)   If, at the expiration of the Initial Term, the parties decide
               not to renew the Agreement, Merchant may purchase or arrange to
               purchase by a third party, all outstanding Accounts, without
               recourse to Household and without warranty or representation,
               express or implied, by Household, not later than 60 days after
               the effective date of expiration of this Agreement, at a price
               (determined as of the most recent Billing Dates prior to the
               transfer) equal to 100% of the face value of all of the
               outstanding Accounts, plus accrued and unbilled finance charges
               and other amounts owed under the Cardholder agreements pursuant
               to such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to
               Household; provided, however, if the purchase(s) is made as of
               each Billing Cycle Date no accrued and unbilled finance charge
               shall be applicable.

         (ii)  Merchant shall have an option to terminate the Agreement after
               three (3) years have elapsed since the Effective Date but before
               the end of the Initial Term provided Merchant gives Household at
               least one hundred eighty (180) days written notice prior to
               Termination.  Merchant may purchase or arrange to purchase by a
               third party, all outstanding Accounts, without recourse to
               Household and without warranty or representation, express or
               implied, by Household, not later than 60 days after the
               effective date of termination of this Agreement, at a price
               (determined as of the most recent Billing Dates prior to the
               transfer) equal to 102% of the face value of all of the
               outstanding Accounts, plus accrued and unbilled finance charges
               and other amounts owed under the Cardholder agreements pursuant
               to such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to
               Household; provided, however, if the purchase(s) is made as of
               each Billing Cycle Date no accrued and unbilled finance charge
               shall be applicable.

         After the delivery of the termination notice, but by the end of
         said sixty (60) day period, Household will allow such purchaser to
         perform normal, customary and reasonable due diligence concerning such
         purchase during the business hours of 9 a.m. through 5 p.m. Central
         Standard time on Business Days; provided that Household is in receipt
         of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Household
         executed by Merchant and any proposed purchaser.  After said 60 days,
         Merchant shall have no right to purchase the Accounts or any other
         right or interest whatsoever concerning the Accounts, and Household
         may sell the Accounts and the Cardholder names and addresses to any
         third party except to competitors of





                                       36
<PAGE>   37

         Merchant that sell consumer electronics and appliances of the type
         sold by Merchant, and the products or services of other merchants may
         be marketed and sold to Cardholders.

         The Parties agree Merchant must, at the same time and under the
         same conditions, purchase all outstanding Accounts owned by Household
         Retail Services, Inc., which are the subject of the Merchant Agreement
         dated as of the 1st of March, 1994 between Household Retail Services,
         Inc. and Merchant as amended from time to time ("Retail Portfolio").

         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
         Household will not be required to sell the Accounts under any
         conditions if the Total Annual Credit Volume falls below
         $110,000,000.00.

Section 17.  Status of the Parties.  In performing their responsibilities
pursuant to this Agreement, Household and Merchant are in the position of
independent contractors, and in no circumstances shall either party be deemed
to be the agent or employee of the other.  This Agreement is not intended to
create, nor does it create and shall not be construed to create, a relationship
of partner or joint venturer or an association for profit between Household and
Merchant.  Any amounts ever owing by Merchant pursuant to this Agreement
represent contractual obligations only and are not a loan or debt.

Section 18.  Force Majeure.  Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to
the other by reason of any failure in performance of this Agreement in
accordance with its terms if such failure arises out of a cause beyond the
control and without the fault or negligence of such party.  Such causes may
include but are not limited to acts of God, acts of the public enemy or of
civil or military authority, unavailability of energy resources, fires,
strikes, riots or war.  In the event of any force majeure occurrence, the
disabled party shall use its best efforts to meet its obligations as set forth
in this Agreement.  The disabled party shall promptly advise the other party of
any developments (or changes therein) that appear likely to affect the ability
of that party to perform any of its obligations hereunder in whole or in part.
If Household is unable to approve applications or give Authorizations for more
than two (2) consecutive days or fund within the time period described in
Section 3 e. above, Merchant shall be entitled to obtain alternative consumer
financing from another provider.  Household may then provide notice when it is
once again able to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and Merchant
shall thereupon reinstate its performance under this Agreement.

Section 19. Limited License.  Merchant hereby authorizes Household for purposes
of this Agreement to use Merchant's name, logo, registered trademarks and
servicemarks (if any) and any other proprietary designations ("Proprietary
Materials") on the Cards, applications, periodic statements, billing
statements, collection letters or documents, promotional or advertising
materials and otherwise in connection with the Program, subject to Merchant's
periodic reasonable review of such use and to such reasonable





                                       37
<PAGE>   38

specifications of Merchant.  Merchant represents and warrants that it has
obtained appropriate federal and state trademark registrations to protect its
interest in the use and ownership of the Proprietary Materials.  Merchant
shall, indemnify, defend and hold Household harmless from any loss, damage,
expense or liability arising from any claims of alleged infringement of the
Proprietary Materials (including attorneys' fees and costs).  Merchant may not
use any name or service mark of Household or any of its Affiliates in any
manner without the prior written consent of Household, which consent may be
unreasonably withheld.

Section 20.  Confidentiality/Additional Products and/or Services.   Merchant
will keep confidential and not disclose to any person or entity (except to
employees, officers, partners or directors of Merchant who are engaged in the
implementation and execution of the Program) all information, software, systems
and data, that Merchant receives from Household or from any other source,
relating to the Program and matters which are subject to the terms of this
Agreement, including, but not limited to, Account information other than the
names and addresses of the Cardholders and purchases made, and shall use, or
cause to be used, such information solely for the purposes of the performance
of Merchant's obligations under the terms of this Agreement.  Household will
not offer for sale to Cardholders merchandise, extended warranties or other
non-financial or non-insurance products or services currently sold by Merchant
without Merchant's consent.  Household will keep confidential and not disclose
to any person or entity (except to employees, officers, agents or directors of
Household or any Affiliate) the names and addresses of Cardholders without
Merchant's permission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Household and/or any of
its Affiliates may at any time, and without Merchant's consent, solicit
Cardholders for any additional credit cards or other types of accounts or
financial or insurance services or products offered by Household and/or any of
its Affiliates (provided the Affiliate is not a direct competitor of Merchant
in the consumer electronics and appliance industry), except merchandise sold by
direct competitors of Merchant in the consumer electronics and appliance
industry.  Merchant understands that Household may be required or asked to
disclose certain information in connection with Household's asset
securitizations.  The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination
of this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 16 (e) above.

Section 21.  Notices.  All notices required or permitted by this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be sent to the respective parties (if to
Household, to the Attention of Paul A. Miller, President, with copies to the
Attention of, (i) General Counsel, Household Bank (Illinois), N.A. Law
Department and (ii) Major Account Executive; if to Merchant, to the Attention
of Chief Financial Officer of Fretter, Inc. (with a copy to the Attention of
the Secretary) at their respective addresses set forth on page one of this
Agreement or such other addresses as each party may designate to the other by
notice hereunder.  Said notices shall be deemed to be received (i) upon three
(3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail with postage prepaid, by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (ii) upon personal
delivery, or (iii) upon receipt by telex, facsimile, or overnight/express
courier service or mail.





                                       38
<PAGE>   39

Section 22.  Amendments and Supplementary Documents.   Household may amend this
Agreement upon ten (10) days' prior notice to Merchant if such modification is
required by any state or federal law, rule, regulation, governmental or
judicial order, opinion, interpretation or decision.  Reference herein to "this
Agreement" shall include any schedules, exhibits, appendices, and amendments
hereto.  Any amendment or modification to this Agreement must be in writing and
signed by a duly authorized officer of Household to be effective and binding
upon Household; no oral amendments or modifications shall be binding upon the
parties.


Section 23.  Assignment.  This Agreement is binding upon the parties and their
successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding, Merchant may not assign this
Agreement without the prior written consent of Household; any purported
assignment without such consent shall be void.  Household may without
Merchant's consent assign this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations
hereunder to any Affiliate of Household at any time.  In the event of such
assignment, the assignee shall have the same rights and remedies as Household
under this Agreement.

Section 24.  Credit Insurance.   Merchant may include the sale of credit
insurance offered by Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company among the
products and services offered to consumers without payment of a service fee.

Any change in the underwriter and issuer of credit insurance is subject to
Household's prior written approval, which approval may be withheld or denied in
Household's sole discretion.  Also, in such event, Household may assess a
service fee, in an amount to be then determined by Household, to compensate
Household for any servicing concerning the credit insurance that Household may
be requested to perform.  Household and Merchant understand that credit
insurance and compensation and fees are regulated under applicable state law
and regulations.  Household makes no representations or warranties with respect
to the availability of credit insurance on any Account(s) nor with respect to
any compensation or fees.

Section 25.  Rights of Persons Not a Party.  This Agreement shall not create
any rights on the part of any person or entity not a party hereto, whether as a
third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 26.  Section Headings.  The headings of the sections of this Agreement
are for reference only, are not a substantive part of this Agreement and are
not to be used to affect the validity, construction or interpretation of this
Agreement or any of its provisions.

Section 27.  Integrations.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement
between Household and Merchant, except as otherwise indicated in this
Agreement.  There are merged herein all  oral or written agreements,
understandings, amendments, letters and other communications, including,
without limitation, the Original Agreement, representations, promises and
conditions in connection with the subject matter hereof prior to the date this
agreement is executed by the parties.  Any agreements, letters, understandings,
representations, warranties, promises or conditions not





                                       39
<PAGE>   40

expressly incorporated herein shall not be binding on either party.  All sales,
credit or other transactions described in  the Original Agreement and all
existing Accounts and Card Sales (which terms are defined in the Original
Agreement) shall be governed by this Agreement.

Section 28.  Governing Law/Severability.   This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.  If any
provision of this Agreement is contrary to Applicable Law, such provision shall
be deemed ineffective without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

Section 29.  Right to Cure.  In the event this Agreement is materially breached
by Merchant or Household the party alleging such breach shall give written
notice to the other party as set forth in Section 21 setting forth the nature
of the Breach.  Within ten (10) Business Days of such notice the party against
whom the breach is alleged shall respond with a proposed cure of the breach.
If acceptable, the cure shall be implemented within twenty (20) Business Days.
If this proposed cure of the breach is not acceptable to the party alleging the
breach the party against whom the breach is alleged shall have thirty (30) days
to cure the breach and if the breach remains uncured the parties may proceed
under such remedies as the Agreement allows.

Section 30.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts and shall be effective upon receipt of Household of one or more
counterparts hereof, duly executed by Fretter and Silo and execution by
Household.

Section 31.  Drafting of Agreement.  Both Household and Merchant were
represented by counsel in drafting and negotiating this Agreement.  Both
parties are equally responsible for the language used and neither shall be
considered the primary drafter of any provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 29.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  HOUSEHOLD AND MERCHANT HEREBY KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT,
ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR UNDER ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR
WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH, OR
ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, AND
AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDING, SUIT, OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE TRIED
BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY; THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT
FOR HOUSEHOLD AND MERCHANT ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.





SECTION 32.  JURISDICTION.  ANY ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT MUST BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN THE
COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR MICHIGAN OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT
COURTS FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF MICHIGAN OR FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF
ILLINOIS; AND MERCHANT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE





                                       40
<PAGE>   41

JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND ANY APPELLATE COURTS THEREOF FOR THE PURPOSE OF
ANY SUCH SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR JUDGMENT (IT BEING
UNDERSTOOD THAT SUCH CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS
WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO SUBMIT ANY DISPUTES HEREUNDER TO ANY COURTS OTHER THAN
THOSE ABOVE). SERVICE OF FRETTER, INC. SHALL BE SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF SILO,
INC. AND AFFILIATES OF FRETTER, INC.  NOTHING HEREIN CONTAINED SHALL PRECLUDE
HOUSEHOLD FROM BRINGING AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IN
ANY OTHER STATE OR PLACE HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH ACTION.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Household and Merchant have caused their duly authorized
representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

HOUSEHOLD BANK (ILLINOIS), N.A.                    ATTESTED OR WITNESSED:

By:_______________________________                 By:__________________________

Name:_____________________________                 Name:________________________

Title:____________________________                 Title:_______________________

FRETTER INC.                                       ATTESTED OR WITNESSED:

By:_______________________________                 By:__________________________

Name:_____________________________                 Name:________________________

Title:____________________________                 Title:_______________________

SILO, INC.                                         ATTESTED OR WITNESSED:

By:________________________________                By:__________________________

Name:______________________________                Name:________________________

Title:_____________________________                Title:_______________________







                                       41

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.35

                               MERCHANT AGREEMENT


HOUSEHOLD:  Household Retail Services, Inc.   MERCHANT: Silo,Inc.
            700 Wood Dale Road                          a Pennsylvania
            Wood Dale, Illinois 60191                   corporation
                                                        Fretter, Inc., a
                                                        Michigan corporation 

This Agreement ("Agreement") is made and delivered in Illinois as of the 1st
day of March, 1994 ("Effective Date"), by and between Household Retail
Services, Inc. (herein "Household") and Silo, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation,
doing business in certain locations under the name "YES! Your Electronics
Superstore" and Fretter, Inc., a Michigan corporation, with principal offices
at 12501 Grand River, Brighton, Michigan, 48116, (herein individually and
collectively referred to as "Merchant").

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements set forth
herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Merchant and Household agree as
follows:

If either Silo, Inc. or Fretter, Inc. fails to fulfill any of its obligations
under this Agreement, the remaining Merchant agrees to perform any act
necessary to fulfill the obligations of the defaulting Merchant including the
payment of any and all obligations, sums, debts or liabilities of the
defaulting Merchant arising out of or in connection with the performance or non
performance of any obligations under this Agreement.  Both Silo, Inc. and
Fretter, Inc. agree to be jointly and severally liable for affiliates of
Fretter, Inc. participating in the Program including Fred Schmid TV and
Appliance Company, Silo-Dixon, Inc. and Silo California, Inc.  Silo, Inc. and
Fretter, Inc. agree that Household may, at its option, deal solely with
Fretter, Inc. and Silo shall be bound by all such dealings.

Section 1.  Definitions.  In addition to the words and phrases defined
elsewhere in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:

     a.  "Account" means an account resulting from Household's approval of an
         application and under which one or more Cards will be issued by
         Household, including all Accounts (as such term is defined in the
         original Agreement (hereafter defined)) opened during the term of the
         Original Agreement.  Each Account shall be deemed to be the property
         of Household.
     b.  "Active Account" means any Cardholder's Account that has a debit or
         credit balance during a Billing Cycle, provided, however, any Account
         which is ten months or more contractually delinquent shall not be
         considered an active account.
     c.  "Add-on(s)" means any additional sale of Goods (after the initial Card
         Sale) that Merchant makes to a Cardholder on credit that is charged to
         the Cardholder's Account pursuant to this Agreement.
     d.  "Affiliate" means any entity that is owned by, owns or is under
         common control with Household or its ultimate parent.





<PAGE>   2

     e.  "Annual Credit Volume" means the actual total of Card Sales minus
         Credit Slips originated during the previous twelve (12) months and
         will be determined on December 31, 1994.  After December 31, 1994, the
         Annual Credit Volume will be determined at the end of each quarter
         based on the previous twelve months' credit volume.

     f.  "Applicable Law" means collectively or individually any applicable
         law, rule, regulation or judicial, governmental or administrative
         order, decree, ruling, opinion or interpretation.
     g.  "Authorization" means permission from Household to make a Card Sale.
     h.  "Authorization Center" means the facility designated by Household  as
         the facility at which Card Sales are authorized.
     i.  "Billing Cycle" means the period of calendar days between Billing
         Dates, usually between twenty eight (28) and thirty one (31) days.
     j.  "Billing Date" means the same calendar day each month that all
         activity on an Active Account for that Billing Cycle is summarized and
         the Account is billed by Household, which is the last day of a Billing
         Cycle.
     k.  "Business Day" means any day except Saturday or Sunday or a day on
         which banks are closed in the State of Illinois.
     l.  "Card" means the private label credit card bearing Merchant's name
         and/or logo issued by Household for the Program.
     m.  "Cardholder" means (i) the person in whose name an Account is or has
         been opened, and (ii) all authorized user(s) of the Account and Card,
         including, all Cardholders that opened Accounts pursuant to the
         Original Agreement.
     n.  "Card Sale" means any sale of Goods that Merchant makes to a
         Cardholder on credit that is charged to the Cardholder's Account
         pursuant to this Agreement, including Add-ons.
     o.  "Computer Generated Invoice" means an invoice stored electronically
         and containing the following information:  Cardholder Name and
         Address; Cardholder Account Number - 15 digits; Merchant Invoice
         Number - 14 digits; Transaction Date/date of the Card Sale;
         Transaction Amount; and description of item(s) purchased.
     p.  "Chargeback" means the return to Merchant and reimbursement to
         Household of a Sales Slip or Transaction Data transmission for a Card
         Sale for which Merchant was previously paid.
     q.  "Credit Slip"  means evidence of a credit in a paper form for Goods
         purchased from Merchant that is to be signed by the Cardholder.
     r.  "Discount" means an amount to be paid by Merchant, typically to be
         deducted from funding to Merchant, in the amount of a specified
         percentage of each Sales Slip accepted by Household.
     s.  "Goods" means the goods, merchandise, certain warranties authorized by
         Household, and services sold by Merchant in the ordinary course of
         Merchant's business to consumers, to the best of Merchant's knowledge
         for individual, family, personal or household use.
     t.  "Major Account Executive" means an employee of Household assigned to
         Merchant's Program as designated from time to time by notice from
         Household to Merchant.
     u.  "No Finance Charge Promotion" means a Card Promotion as described in
         Section 2(c) whereby no finance charges will accrue on the





                                       2
<PAGE>   3

         purchase or advance until the payment due date of the Billing Cycle
         beginning in the month specified on the Sales Slip, with minimum
         monthly payments of three percent (3%) of the outstanding balance due
         each Billing Cycle (also referred to as "Waived Finance Charge").  The
         No Finance Charge Promotion may have a promotion period of twelve (12)
         months or less after the purchase or such other period as agreed
         between the parties;
     v.  "No Payment Promotion" means a Card Promotion as described in Section
         2(c) whereby no minimum monthly payments will be due until the first
         day of the Billing Cycle beginning in the month specified on the Sales
         Slip, with finance charges accruing from the date of the purchase
         (also referred to as "Delayed Payment"):
     w.  "No Payment/No Finance Charges Promotion" means a Card Promotion as
         described in Section 2(c) whereby no minimum monthly payments will be
         due and no Finance Charges will accrue on the purchase or advance
         until the first day of the Billing Cycle beginning in the month
         specified on the Sales Slip (also referred to as "Delayed
         Payment/Waived Finance Charge");
     x.  "Operating Instructions" means the Regulatory Guidelines and operating
         instructions and/or procedures designated by Household from time to
         time concerning the Program.
     y.  "Program" means the private label credit card program associated with
         Merchant whereby Accounts will be established and maintained, Cards
         issued and Card Sales funded pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
     z.  "Reduced Rate Promotion" means a Card Promotion as described in
         Section 2(c) whereby a reduced rate finance charge will be applied to
         the balance attributable to the purchase ("Reduced Rate Balance")
         until the expiration of the reduced rate period or payment in full of
         the Reduced Rate Balance, whichever occurs first, as disclosed on the
         Sales Slip.
     aa. "Sales Slip" means a sales receipt or similar document (such as a
         delivery receipt or manual invoice) in paper form that evidences  a
         Card Sale for Goods purchased from Merchant that is to be signed by
         the Cardholder.
     bb. "Same As Cash With Payments Promotion" means a Card Promotion as
         described in Section 2(c) whereby finance charges will accrue on the
         purchase from the date of purchase and minimum monthly payments of
         three percent (3%) of the outstanding balance will be due each Billing
         Cycle.  If the cash sale price of the purchase is paid by the
         promotion due date as indicated on the periodic statement, no finance
         charges will be due on the purchase.  Same As Cash With Payments may
         have a promotion due date of twelve (12) months or less after the
         purchase or such other period as agreed between the parties (also
         referred to as "Same As Cash");
     cc. "Same As Cash/Without Payments Promotion" means a Card Promotion as
         described in Section 2(c) whereby finance charges will accrue on the
         purchase from the date of purchase but no minimum monthly payments
         will be due prior to the promotion due date as indicated on the
         periodic statement.  If the cash sale price of the purchase is paid by
         the promotion due date, no finance charges will be due





                                       3
<PAGE>   4

         on the purchase (also referred to as "Same As Cash/Delayed Payment");

     dd. "Terminal" means an electronic terminal or computer capable of
         communicating by means of an on-line or dial-up electronic link  with
         an Authorization Center.

     ee. "Total Annual Credit Volume" shall mean the Annual Credit Volume as
         defined in this Agreement plus the Annual Credit Volume as defined in
         the Agreement between Merchant and Household Bank (Illinois), N.A. as
         amended as of the 1st day of March, 1994.  From the Effective Date of
         this Agreement to December 31, 1994 the parties agree that for
         purposes of the chart in Section 3(c) below, the Total Annual Credit
         Volume shall be assumed to be $200,000,000.00.
     ff. "Total Billed Finance Charge" shall be the sum of the finance charges
         billed to all Cardholders on Accounts (excluding (i) accrued but
         unbilled finance charges recorded on Card Promotions as described in
         Section 2(c) below; and (ii) all fees including, but not limited to,
         late payment fees, return check fees, over limit fees, if any,) each
         Billing Cycle during a month minus  (a) system adjustments for
         corrections to an Account including, but not limited to, (i) regular
         payment finance charge, (ii) store payment finance charge, (iii)
         account adjustment finance charge, (iv) remove sale finance charge,
         (vi) free period finance charge, (vii) same as cash adjustments;
         multiplied by 60%; and (b) manual adjustments made by Household's
         customer service department consistent with its general business
         practices, (i) regular payment finance charge, (ii) store payment
         finance charge, (iii) account adjustment finance charge, (iv) remove
         sale finance charge, (vi) free period finance charge, (vii) same as
         cash adjustments; multiplied by 60%; plus finance charges added to a
         Cardholder's balance upon expiration of a Card Promotion without full
         payment by the Cardholder of the promotional balance.
     gg. "Total Portfolio Balance" shall mean the outstanding balances (after
         system adjustments and manual adjustments as described in subparagraph
         ff above) on all Active Accounts for a month's Billing Cycles
         including, but not limited to, balances resulting from the initial
         Card Sale for Accounts originated by an application mailed to
         Household directly from the applicant; and any Sales Slip generated
         pursuant to Card Promotions as described in Section 2(c) of the
         Agreement.
     hh. "Transaction Data" means Account and Cardholder identification and
         transaction information with regard to (i) each Card Sale, namely, the
         date and amount of the transaction as shown on the actual original
         executed paper Sales Slip for the transaction, valid and correct
         Account number for an Active Account, valid and correct Authorization
         number, appropriate transaction identifier number identifying the
         transaction as a Card Sale, any applicable promotion codes or
         promotion identifier numbers, appropriate code describing the Goods,
         and Merchant invoice number, and (ii) each return of Goods for credit
         to the Account/Cardholder, namely, the





                                       4
<PAGE>   5


         date the credit is given, amount of credit, Account number, and
         appropriate transaction identifier number identifying the transaction
         as a credit; all of which data is required to be transmitted by
         Merchant to Household in accordance with Section 7 (a) and (b) below.

Section 2.  Scope and Purpose.   Merchant engages in the sale of consumer
electronics and appliances and  related products and services, and Merchant
desires to make financing available to consumers purchasing Goods from
Merchant.  Household, in the business of providing revolving credit financing
pursuant to a credit card to individual consumers, has agreed to provide such
financing under the Program for individual qualified consumers purchasing
Merchant's Goods pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

Household and Merchant have entered into that certain Merchant Agreement dated
as of the August 26, 1987 as amended from time to time (the "Original
Agreement").  Under the Original Agreement, Household made financing available
to qualified consumers purchasing Goods from Merchant pursuant to a private
label revolving credit card program as set forth in the Original Agreement.
Household and Merchant now desire and agree (i) that as of the Effective Date,
this Agreement shall govern all "Accounts" (as such term is used in the
Original Agreement and in this Agreement) established under the Original
Agreement and under this Agreement and all other matters described in the
Original Agreement, and (ii) to modify and restate their agreement and to
replace and supersede the Original Agreement and subsequent letters in their
entirety with this Agreement; provided, however, the Agreement between Fretter,
Inc. and Household Bank (Illinois), N.A. formerly known as HRSI, N.A. dated
December 10, 1990 and all riders, amendments and addenda, thereto is unaffected
by this Agreement.  Likewise, the Agreement between Fretter, Inc. and Household
Retail Services, Inc. dated April 21, 1988 is unaffected.

     a.  Forms and Cards.  Household will provide forms designated by Household
         for use by Merchant in the Program, which documents may be changed
         from time to time by Household; provided, however, no
         applications/agreements will be supplied because it is the intent of
         the parties that no new Accounts be opened under this Agreement and
         that existing Accounts shall be eligible for Add-on(s).  The design
         and content of Cards and billing statements and the terms and
         conditions of Accounts and applications/agreements shall be determined
         by Household and are subject to change by Household from time to time.
         However, the front art work of the plastic cards and the cover art
         work on the applications/agreements and the design of such documents
         are subject to Merchant's review and approval; said approval shall not
         be unreasonably withheld.  If Merchant does not approve a proposed
         design, any changes that cause additional expense to Household shall
         be paid by Merchant promptly.  Merchant will be billed and shall pay
         these charges monthly, or Household may deduct said charges from other
         amounts owed to Merchant under this Agreement.





                                       5
<PAGE>   6


     b.  Credit Review; Ownership of Accounts.   All completed applications for
         Accounts submitted to Household whether mailed, telephoned or
         otherwise electronically transmitted will be processed and approved or
         declined in accordance with Household's credit criteria and procedures
         from time to time established by Household, with Household having and
         retaining all rights to reject or accept applications.  Household will
         only accept applications for revolving credit pursuant to the credit
         card it issues for individual, personal, family or household use.
         Household or its Affiliates shall own the Accounts and shall bear the
         credit risk for such Accounts, except as otherwise provided in this
         Agreement.  Merchant acknowledges and agrees that it shall have no
         interest whatsoever in the Accounts.  However, Household acknowledges
         (i) Merchant's interest in Sales Slips that are charged back to
         Merchant pursuant to Section 6, provided, however, that Merchant has
         reimbursed Household the applicable amount of the Chargeback as
         described in Section 6 below and (ii) Merchant's interest in its
         customer lists generated by Merchant.  Household shall not be
         obligated to accept or reject any application for an Account or to
         take any action under an Account, including making future advances to
         Cardholders.  Household shall, however, provide collection and
         customer service for Accounts that are not subject to Chargeback in
         accordance with Household's normal and customary practices.  Household
         shall not be obligated to accept applications for a Card or approve
         any Card Sale for consumers that do not have their principal residence
         and billing address in the continental United States.

         Household agrees it will not change its credit issuance criteria which
         includes score card changes in a manner to negatively impact
         Merchant's specific approval percentages during the term of this
         Agreement and successive Renewal Terms.  Household, however, reserves
         the right to change its credit issuance criteria, which includes score
         cards on all "like" merchants, which may include Merchant on a
         national or regionalized basis during the Initial Term and successive
         Renewal Terms.

     bb. Request for Mail-in Applications.  All provisions of this Agreement
         concerning mail-in applications shall not be effective unless and
         until Merchant gives written notice to Household requesting that
         Household accept mail-in applications and Household notifies Merchant
         that it is prepared to accept mail-in applications.  In such event,
         with respect to applications mailed to Household directly from
         applicants, a hold shall be placed on the Account until the first Card
         Sale.  At the time of the initial Card Sale for such Accounts,
         Merchant shall be responsible to verify the identification of the
         Cardholder as set forth below in Section 4(g).

     c.  Card Promotions.  Household may from time to time offer to existing or
         potential Cardholders special credit promotions, additional





                                       6
<PAGE>   7

         services and/or enhancements, including, without limitation, check
         access.  The terms of such promotions, services and enhancements shall
         be designated by Household. In addition, Household and Merchant may
         mutually agree from time to time to run certain credit promotions such
         as No Payment Promotion; No Finance Charge Promotion; No Payment/No
         Finance Charges Promotion; Same As Cash With Payments Promotion; Same
         As Cash/Without Payments Promotion; and Reduced Rate Promotion.  In
         consideration of Household's providing such promotions and to
         compensate Household for such promotions, Merchant may be required to
         pay to Household certain Discounts, fees or other amounts (the
         "Promotion Fees").  The parties shall agree in writing to the amount,
         type and time of payment of the Promotion Fees prior to the start of
         any such promotions.  This may include a written notice from Household
         to Merchant designating the amounts, type and time of payment and
         other terms for promotions run by Merchant and Household after such
         notice.  Merchant's running of any promotions after such notice shall
         be deemed acceptance by Merchant of the terms described in said
         notice.  Merchant's obligation to pay the Promotion Fees shall survive
         the termination of this Agreement.  Household may deduct amounts owed
         to it under this Section from amounts owed to Merchant under this
         Agreement.  In the event there are insufficient funds to pay to
         Household the Promotion Fees, Merchant will pay the Promotion Fees to
         Household within five (5) Business Days of Household's request.
         Household may, without Merchant's consent, at any time and in its sole
         discretion, change the terms or cost, or discontinue the availability
         of any promotions, services or enhancements, except if the promotion
         was agreed to between Merchant and Household.  In such event it can
         only be changed or discontinued upon the mutual agreement of the
         parties.  In the event Merchant intends to run a promotion concerning
         or involving the Card, Card Sales or the Program it shall give
         Household not less than (ten) 10 days prior written notice of any such
         intended promotions.  Any promotions concerning or involving the Card,
         Card Sales or the Program that Merchant expects to run are subject to
         Household's prior approval other than a No Finance Charge Promotion
         and Same As Cash With Payments Promotion.  Merchant and Household
         agree that no Promotion Fees are associated with the No Finance Charge
         Promotion and the Same As Cash With Payments Promotion as defined in
         this Agreement.  The payment of advertising and marketing costs
         concerning the Program shall be subject to the mutual agreement of
         Household and Merchant on a case by case basis.

Section 3.  Fees, Discounts, Charges and Rates.

     a.  Consumer Rate.  The consumer rate to be charged on purchases with the
         Card shall be Household's established rate as assessed and determined
         by Household from time to time, provided such rate shall not in any
         event exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable federal or state
         law.  This rate is subject to change from time to time as mutually
         agreed to by Merchant and Household.  Household agrees to consider a
         reduction in said Consumer Rate if requested





                                       7
<PAGE>   8

         by Merchant, however, Merchant acknowledges that components of the
         pricing under this Agreement include, without limitation, the Consumer
         Rate, Discount and Merchant Participation Fee, and that in the event,
         Merchant desires a reduction in the Consumer Rate described above, a
         Discount would need to be assessed and/or the Merchant Participation
         Fee would need to be decreased and/or other elements of the pricing
         structure of this Agreement and the Program would need to be adjusted.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Household
         may charge and collect such Cardholder fees as late payment fees,
         returned check fees, and over-the-limit fees at its sole discretion
         provided such fees shall not in any event exceed the maximum fees
         permitted by applicable federal or state law.  Classification of fees
         in the Cardholder Agreement as interest shall not affect the
         provisions of this Agreement or change the definition of finance
         charge which shall be the Consumer Rate of 22.6% or such other
         Consumer Rate as agreed upon by Household and Merchant.

     b.       Merchant.  (THIS SECTION IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

     c.  Merchant Participation Fee.  The "Merchant Participation Fee" to be
         paid by Household to Merchant or by Merchant to Household shall be
         calculated as follows:

         At the end of each month the Required Yield shall be compared to the
         Total Billed Finance Charges as determined by the formula set forth in
         Schedule B.  In any month the Total Billed Finance Charge exceeds the
         Required Yield, the excess shall be credited to the Merchant.  In any
         month the Required Yield exceeds the Billed Finance Charge the
         difference shall be charged to the Merchant.

         During the initial period between the Effective Date of this Agreement
         and the first Tuesday of the month following the Effective Date, the
         Required Yield percentage on this portfolio shall be 13.50%.
         Thereafter, the Required Yield Percentage shall vary monthly according
         to the Total Annual Credit Volume as set forth in the chart below.
         Also the Required Yield Percentage will vary monthly according to the
         Commercial Paper Rates for high grade unsecured notes of 30 days sold
         through dealers by major corporations ("Commercial Rate") as published
         in the Wall Street Journal on the first Tuesday of the month (or the
         first business day thereafter which the Commercial Rate is published)
         plus the percentage reflected on the chart below; provided, however,
         the Required Yield Percentage will never drop below 13.50%.





                                       8
<PAGE>   9


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Total Annual Credit Volume                  Required Yield Percentage
     --------------------------                  -------------------------
     <S>                                        <C>
     $200 Million and Over                       Commercial Rate plus 10.40%
     $170 - But less than $200 Million           Commercial Rate plus 10.55%
     $150 - But less than $170 Million           Commercial Rate plus 10.70%
     $130 - But less than $150 Million           Commercial Rate plus 11.05%
     $110 - But less than $130 Million           Commercial Rate plus 11.45%
     $0   - But less than $110 Million           Commercial Rate plus 12.00%
</TABLE>

     To assist Merchant and Household in monitoring the Total Billed Finance
     Charge and the Required Yield, Household shall provide to Merchant, on a
     monthly basis, the reports set forth in Schedule C.  If Merchant requires
     reports not listed on Schedule C, and if Household agrees to provide such
     reports, Merchant may be charged for such reports.

     d.  Right of Setoff. All fees, Discounts and charges described in this
         Agreement may be deducted by Household from amounts owed to Merchant
         under this Agreement.  In the event Merchant owes Household money
         under this Agreement, Merchant may set off amounts owed by Household
         to Merchant under this Agreement.

     e.  Acceptance, Offset & Funding.  Provided that Merchant, with respect to
         each Card Sale, has (i) requested and obtained from Household's
         Authorization Center proper Authorization as required by Section 4(h)
         (ii) below and the Transaction Data for such Card Sale is presented to
         Household for payment within sixty (60) days after the date of
         Authorization, and (ii) transmitted to Household all of the
         Transaction Data described in Section 1. hh. above for each valid Card
         Sale, Household agrees to pay Merchant the amount of each such
         authorized and valid Card Sale Transaction Data so transmitted to
         Household during the term of this Agreement less the amounts described
         below.  Household will use its best efforts to make such payments on
         the first Business Day after receipt, verification and processing by
         Household of the transmission of the Transaction Data, if such
         transmission is received by noon Central Standard time; if received
         later than noon Central Standard time, then on the second Business Day
         after said transmission, but in no event shall such payments be made
         later than the fourth Business Day after receipt of said transmission
         by Household.  Such failure to fund is a material breach of this
         Agreement.  Household may deduct from such payments (i) the amount of
         the fees, charges, and Discounts described above in this Section 3;
         (ii) the amounts for Chargebacks as permitted and described in Section
         6 below; (iii) customer credits, Merchant Participation Fees to be
         refunded to Household, and any other amounts owed to Household under
         this Agreement by Merchant; and (iv) the amount of fees, charges and
         other amounts owed by Merchant to Household Bank (Illinois), N.A. (an
         Affiliate of Household), under separate Merchant Agreement and other
         agreements between Merchant and Household Retail Services, Inc.
         Household may also offset said amounts from future amounts owed to
         Merchant under this Agreement.





                                       9
<PAGE>   10


         Any amounts owed by Merchant to Household which cannot be paid by the
         aforesaid means shall be due and payable by Merchant on written
         demand.  Any payment made by Household to Merchant or any amounts
         deducted by Household shall not be final but shall be subject to
         subsequent review and verification by Household and Merchant, subject
         to the terms of Section 6 b. below, and subsequent fundings may be
         adjusted or Merchant billed.

         Household's liability to Merchant with respect to the funding of any
         Card transaction shall not exceed the amount on the Sales Slip or
         Credit Slip or in the Transaction Data in connection with such
         transaction.  In no event shall Household be liable for any incidental
         or consequential damages.

         Payments/funding by Household to Merchant shall be through the
         Automated Clearinghouse Network (ACH) to Merchant's account as
         designated by Merchant.  The Merchant Participation Fee, less monthly
         charges owing to Household, shall be paid monthly.

Section 4.  Merchant Responsibilities Concerning Consumer Transactions.
Merchant covenants and agrees that it shall:

     (a) honor all valid Cards without discrimination, when properly presented
         by Cardholders for payment of Goods.

     (b) not require, through an increase in price or otherwise, any Cardholder
         to pay any surcharge at the time of sale or pay any part of any charge
         imposed by Household on Merchant.

     (c) not establish minimum or maximum charge amounts without Household's
         prior written approval.

     (d) prominently display at each of its locations, advertising and
         promotional materials relating to the Card, including without
         limitation for take-one applications for the card and use or display
         such materials as mutually agreed upon by the parties.  Such materials
         shall be used only for the purpose of soliciting Accounts for the
         Program.  Any solicitation, written material, advertising or the like
         relating to the Program or Card Sales or the products offered pursuant
         to the Program shall be prepared or furnished by Household or shall
         receive Household's prior written approval.  The payment of
         advertising and marketing costs concerning the Program shall be
         subject to the mutual agreement of Household and Merchant on a case by
         case basis.  However, if Household prepares or furnishes advertising
         or promotional materials, at Merchant's request, then Merchant shall
         pay Household for such advertising or promotional materials, an amount
         mutually agreed to by the parties.  Further, any advertising or
         promotional materials prepared or furnished by Merchant, shall be at
         Merchant's cost.  Any such materials shall not be used by Merchant
         following termination of this Agreement.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11


     (e) Use only the form of, or modes of transmission for, application/
         agreements, Sales Slips and Credit Slips as are provided by Household,
         subject to Section 2a. above and Section 7(a) below, and not use any
         application/agreements, Sales Slips and Credit Slips provided by
         Household other than in connection with a Card transaction.

     (f) With respect to Sales Slips:

         (i)  enter legibly on a single Sales Slip prior to obtaining the
              Cardholder's signature (1) a separate description of  each item
              of Goods purchased in the same transaction in detail sufficient
              to  clearly identify each item of Goods;  (2) the date of the
              transaction; (3) the Authorization number; (4) the Cardholder's
              name and Account number; (5) the entire amount due for the
              transaction (including any applicable taxes); and (6) if
              applicable, the type of promotion(s) and the applicable
              disclosures required by any Applicable Law for such promotion(s),
              and obtain the Cardholder's signature on the Sales Slip.

         (ii)     REQUEST AUTHORIZATION FROM HOUSEHOLD'S AUTHORIZATION CENTER
                  UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES.  (Household may refuse to accept or
                  fund any  Transaction Data concerning a Card Sale that is
                  presented to Household for payment more than sixty (60) days
                  after the date of Authorization of the Card Sale.  However,
                  (a) if Merchant subsequently seeks and obtains a valid
                  Authorization number, the Transaction Data may be
                  resubmitted, or (b) if Merchant delivers to Household within
                  thirty (30) days of Household's refusal satisfactory evidence
                  that the Transaction Data concerning the Card Sale was, in
                  fact, transmitted to Household within the said sixty (60)
                  days  Household will fund the Transaction Data in accordance
                  with Section 3. e. above).


                  If Authorization is granted, legibly enter the Authorization
                  number in the designated area on the Sales Slip.  If
                  Authorization is denied, Merchant shall not complete the
                  transaction and Merchant shall follow any instructions from
                  the Authorization Center.  Merchant shall use its best
                  efforts, by reasonable and peaceful means, to retain or
                  recover a Card:

                       (a) if Merchant is advised to retain the Card in
                           response to an Authorization request  (if Merchant
                           does so, then the individual store employee shall be
                           entitled to receive a so-called "Fraud Recovery
                           Award" of $25.00 to be paid by Household); or

                       (b) if Merchant has reasonable grounds to believe that 
                           the Card is counterfeit, fraudulent, or stolen.





                                       11
<PAGE>   12

                           The obligation to retain or recover a Card imposed
                           by this Section does not authorize a breach of the
                           peace or any injury to persons or property, and
                           Merchant will hold Household harmless from any claim
                           arising from any injury to person or property or
                           other breach of the peace;

                       If identification is uncertain or if Merchant otherwise
                       questions the validity of the Card, contact Household's
                       Authorization Center for instructions.  If no Card is
                       available, then contact Household's Authorization Center
                       and comply with Household's additional instructions.

         (iii)    Merchant shall be deemed to warrant the Cardholder's true
                  identity as an authorized user of the Card, and Merchant
                  shall verify the Cardholder's identity.  However, if Merchant
                  satisfies the provisions of Section 4(f)(i), Section 4(f)(ii)
                  to the extent that Merchant obtains Authorization from
                  Household's Authorization Center and a valid Authorization
                  number is correctly and legibly entered on the Sales Slip,
                  and if Merchant's verification of the Cardholder's identity
                  includes the following, any Sales Slip subject to Chargeback
                  because of this customer's fraud shall not be charged back to
                  Merchant:

                  (a)  For Add-on Card Sales, satisfaction by Merchant of the
                       following:

                           1.   Obtain the signature of the Cardholder on the
                                Sales Slip and swipe or imprint the embossed
                                legends legibly on the Sales Slip from the Card
                                and from Merchant's imprinter plate;

                           2.   Compare the signature on the Sales Slip with
                                the signature on the Card and verify that the
                                signatures on the Card and Sales Slip match;
                                they must reasonably appear to match;

                           3.   If no Card is presented and no swipe or imprint
                                of the Card is made on the Sales Slip, obtain
                                at least one unexpired piece of picture
                                identification from Group 1 on Schedule A and
                                note the type of identification and the
                                corresponding serial or other identification
                                number on the Sales Slip in the Special
                                Instructions section.  Also, the physical
                                description and photograph on the piece of
                                identification must, in fact, reasonably appear
                                to match the individual Cardholder, and the
                                signature on the piece of identification must
                                reasonably appear to match the signature on the
                                Sales Slip; and





                                       12
<PAGE>   13

                           4.   Maintain the said original executed paper Sales
                                Slip, as described in Section 7 below, and
                                deliver said documents to Household upon
                                request as described in Section 7 below.


         (iv)     For telephone orders (TO) or mail orders (MO), only if the
                  Sales Slip is completed without the Cardholder's signature,
                  Merchant shall, in addition to all other requirements under
                  this Section 4, enter legibly on the signature line of the
                  Sales Slip the letters "TO" or "MO", as appropriate, and not
                  deliver Goods or perform services after being advised that
                  the "TO" or "MO" has been canceled or that the Card is not to
                  be honored.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, identification of
                  the Cardholder is the responsibility of Merchant for all
                  telephone and mail orders.

         (v)      not present the Transaction Data concerning the Sales Slip to
                  Household for funding until all Goods are delivered or all
                  the services are performed to the Cardholder's satisfaction.
                  However, Merchant may present the said Transaction Data
                  before said delivery or performance if the Goods are to be
                  delivered within ten days of the date of the Card Sale, and
                  the Goods are, in fact, delivered within said ten days,
                  provided that the Cardholder Agreement and Applicable Laws
                  permit both delivery and the charging of interest during said
                  ten (10) days.  If the Goods are not delivered within said
                  ten (10) day period or Applicable Law or the Cardholder
                  agreement does not permit the charging of interest during
                  said ten (10) day period, Merchant shall pay to Household the
                  amount of interest on the Account from the date of the Card
                  Sale through the date of delivery of the Goods to the
                  Cardholder.

         (vi)     enter the Card Sale into Household's Terminal and, if
                  applicable, Household's approval code.

         (vii)    deliver a true and completed copy of the Sales Slip to the
                  Cardholder at the time of the Card Sale, and maintain the
                  original executed paper Sales Slip as described in Section 7
                  below, and deliver said Sales Slip to Household upon request
                  as described in Section 7 below.

     (g) Credits

         1.   Credit Slips.  If Merchant accepts any Goods for return, any
              services are terminated or canceled, or Merchant allows any price
              adjustment, then Merchant shall not make any cash refund, but
              shall complete and deliver to the Cardholder a true and complete
              copy of the Credit Slip evidencing the refund or adjustment at
              the time the refund or adjustment is





                                       13
<PAGE>   14


              made.  Merchant shall sign and date each Credit Slip and include
              thereon a brief description of the Goods returned, services
              terminated or canceled, refund or adjustment made, Cardholder's
              name and Account number and the date and amount of the credit,
              all in sufficient detail to identify the transaction.  The amount
              of the Credit Slip cannot exceed the amount of the original
              transaction as reflected on the Sales Slip and Transaction Data.
              Merchant shall issue Credit Slips only in connection with
              previous bona fide Card Sales and only as permitted hereunder.

         2.   Merchant shall immediately after a credit is given to a
              Cardholder, transmit to Household, the Transaction Data for the
              credit, and Merchant shall owe Household the amount of said
              credit, which shall be paid to Household as set forth in Section
              3 e., and maintain the said original executed Credit Slip as
              described in Section 7 below, and deliver said Credit Slip to
              Household upon request as described in Section 7 below.

     (h) not receive any payments from a Cardholder for charges included on any
         Sales Slip resulting from the use of any Card, nor receive any
         payments from a Cardholder to prepare and present a Credit Slip for
         the purpose of effecting a deposit to the Cardholder's Account.

     (i) Cardholder Complaints.  Merchant shall within three (3) days of
         receipt provide Household with a copy of any written complaint from
         any Cardholder concerning his/her account.

     (j) satisfy all other requirements designated in any Operating
         Instructions or as may be required from time to time by Household.  In
         the event there is any inconsistency between any Operating
         Instructions and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern.  Any
         Operating Instructions or changes thereto, except those required by
         any Applicable Law, shall not trigger a unilateral material change to
         this Agreement without Merchant's consent; which consent shall not be
         unreasonably withheld.  Merchant's compliance with any such
         instructions or changes thereto or Merchant's failure to object to
         same within thirty (30) days of receipt of same, shall be deemed to be
         Merchant's consent to any such instructions or changes.

Section 5.   Representations and Warranties.

A.   Merchant represents and warrants to Household the following:

     (a) that each Card Sale will arise out of a bona fide sale of Goods by
         Merchant and will not involve the use of the Card for any other
         purpose; and

     (b) that to the best of Merchant's knowledge each Card Sale will be to a
         consumer for personal, family, or household purposes; and





                                       14
<PAGE>   15


     (c) that Cardholder applications will be available to the public   without
         regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status,
         or age (provided the applicant has the capacity    to enter into a
         binding contract) or in any manner which would discriminate against an
         applicant or discourage an applicant from  applying for the Card; and

     (d) that it has full corporate power and authority to enter into this
         Agreement; that all corporate action required under any organization
         documents to make this Agreement binding and valid upon Merchant
         according to its terms has been taken; and that this Agreement is and
         will be binding, valid and enforceable upon Merchant according to its
         terms; and


     (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
         nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions   contemplated hereby
         will constitute a violation of law or a violation or default by
         Merchant under its articles of incorporation, bylaws or any
         organization documents, or any material agreement or contract and no
         authorization of any governmental authority is required in connection
         with the performance by Merchant of its obligations hereunder; and

     (f) Merchant has all required licenses to perform it's obligations under
         this Agreement, and will govern itself in accordance with all
         Applicable Laws affecting the Program; and

B.   Household represents and warrants to Merchant the following:

     (a) that it has full corporate power and authority to enter into this
         Agreement; that all corporate action required under any organization
         documents to make this Agreement binding and valid upon Household
         according to its terms has been taken; and that this Agreement is and
         will be binding, valid and enforceable upon Household according to its
         terms; and

     (b) neither (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this
         Agreement, nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby will constitute a violation of law or a violation or default by
         Household under its articles of incorporation, bylaws or any
         organization documents, or any material agreement or contract and no
         authorization of any governmental authority is required in connection
         with the performance by Household of its obligations hereunder; and

     (c) Household has all required licenses to perform it's obligations
         under this Agreement, and will govern itself in accordance with all
         Applicable Laws affecting the Program.





                                       15
<PAGE>   16


Section 6.  Chargebacks to Merchant.  Merchant and Household agree that
notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the "Events of
Chargeback" described below are the only events that can trigger the Chargeback
remedy described below, and that the Chargeback remedy is subject to the
Chargeback procedures set forth below.  Merchant and Household further agree as
follows:

a.   Events of Chargeback and Procedures.  Any Sales Slip or Transaction Data
     transmission concerning a Card Sale or Account is subject to Chargeback
     under any one of the following specified Events of Chargeback, subject to
     the Chargeback procedures set forth below.  Household and Merchant agree
     that Merchant's failure to satisfy any other term or provision of this
     Agreement, the breach of which is not identified as an Event of Chargeback
     below, shall be deemed a breach of this Agreement and the Chargeback
     remedy for such breaches shall not be available to Household.  However,
     Household may exercise all other remedies it may have against Merchant,
     including without limitation, the right to terminate this Agreement as set
     forth in Section 16 of this Agreement.

     The Events of Chargeback and procedures for exercising Chargeback are as
     follows:
 
       (i)          (THIS SECTION HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.)

     (ii)     Customer Dispute Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures and
              limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback if the
              Cardholder, in accordance with Household's established customer
              service procedures and within one year from the actual first
              payment due date for the particular Card Sale, disputes the
              delivery, quality or performance of the goods, services or
              warranties purchased, disputes the Card Sale or Sales Slip,
              alleges a billing error, duplicate charge or other problem or
              matter not caused by Household, or alleges that a credit
              adjustment was or should have been issued by Merchant but is not
              posted to Cardholder's Account (a "Customer Dispute Chargeback
              Event").

              Within twenty one (21) days of Household's receipt of the
              Cardholder's written notice of his/her contention that a Customer
              Dispute Chargeback Event has occurred in accordance with
              Household's established procedures,   Household must provide
              Merchant a Chargeback Notice specifically detailing the
              circumstances of the Customer Dispute Chargeback Event (the
              "Customer Dispute Chargeback Notice").  Household may not
              implement a Chargeback under this subsection until expiration of
              a twenty one (21) day period after delivery to Merchant of the
              Customer Dispute Chargeback Notice (the "Customer Dispute Cure
              Period").

              During the Customer Dispute Cure Period, Merchant will use all
              reasonable efforts to resolve the dispute specified in the





                                       16
<PAGE>   17

              Customer Dispute Chargeback Notice.  If, in Household's
              reasonable judgment, Merchant is unable to provide Household
              information indicating that the dispute has been resolved on or
              before the expiration of the Customer Dispute Cure Period,
              Household may then trigger a Chargeback for a particular Card
              Sale (a "Customer Dispute Chargeback").

              For each Customer Dispute Chargeback, Merchant shall pay to
              Household the aggregate of the full amount of the Sales Slip/Card
              Sale Transaction Data plus sixty percent (60%) of the finance
              charges thereon for up to a maximum of six (6) Billing Cycles,
              net of any payments made by the Cardholder.

     (iii)    Fraud Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures and limitations
              below, Household may trigger a Chargeback for any Card Sale for
              which each of the following events occur:

              (1) the Cardholder or other person in accordance with Household's
              applicable fraud procedures, disputes or denies the authorization
              or execution of the application or Sales Slip or otherwise
              alleges a fraud;

              (2) Household's Security Department completes an investigation of
              the fraud alleged by Cardholder, such investigation to be
              completed by Household in accordance with its applicable
              procedures and internal guidelines for fraud investigations as
              may be amended from time to time; and

              (3) Household obtains and delivers to Merchant an affidavit or
              certified death certificate to support the fraud assertions; or

              (4) Household has determined that (a) Merchant did not fully
              comply with fraud protection procedures set forth in Section
              4(f), (b) the Card Sale is a telephone order or mail order, or
              (c) the Card Sale, application, Sales Slip, credit slip or
              Transaction Data is subject to a claim of illegality,
              cancellation, rescission, avoidance or offset due to the fraud or
              dishonesty of Merchant or any employee, agent, franchisee or
              licensee of Merchant (collectively, the occurrence of each of the
              events in subsections (1), (2), (3), and (4) above is known as a
              "Fraud Chargeback Event").

              Upon Household's determination that a Fraud Chargeback Event has
              occurred, Household must provide Merchant with a written notice
              detailing the circumstances of the Fraud Chargeback Event,
              including supplementary information and documentation applicable
              to the Account and the above described affidavit (the "Fraud
              Chargeback Notice").  Household may not implement a Chargeback
              under this subsection until the expiration of the thirty (30) day
              period after Merchant's receipt of the Fraud Chargeback Notice
              (the "Fraud Cure Period").





                                       17
<PAGE>   18


              On or before the expiration of the Fraud Cure Period, if Merchant
              has not demonstrated to Household in Household's reasonable
              judgment that a Fraud Chargeback Event has not occurred,
              Household may then trigger a Chargeback for the Card Sales or
              Accounts identified in the Fraud Chargeback Notice (a "Fraud
              Chargeback").  Merchant shall pay to Household the aggregate of
              the full amount of each Sales Slip/Card Sale Transaction Data or
              Account or the portion thereof subject to Chargeback plus sixty
              percent (60%) of finance charges thereon up to a maximum of six
              (6) Billing Cycles, net of any payments made by the Cardholder
              ("Fraud Chargeback Amount").

              Household agrees to suspend Authorizations on an Account as soon
              as possible but not later than five (5) days after Household's
              Fraud and Loss Prevention Department receives information from
              the Cardholder denying execution by the Cardholder of the
              application or Sales Slip, as applicable.  If Household fails to
              do so, the amount of the Fraud Chargeback concerning the
              applicable Account will exclude the amount of any Card Sales plus
              the finance charges thereon made after said 5th day on said
              Account.

              Beginning on the first Billing Cycle to occur after the Effective
              Date of this Agreement, Household will establish an annual Fraud
              Reserve.  This reserve will be an unfunded account which shall be
              30 basis points of the average outstanding Accounts for the
              preceding calendar year.  The parties agree that in calendar year
              1994 the Fraud Reserve shall be $239,890.00.  Thereafter the
              average shall be determined at year end.  Household will
              determine the average outstanding Accounts by adding the
              outstanding balances on Accounts in November and the outstanding
              balances on Accounts in December and dividing by two (2).  This
              will establish the Fraud Reserve for the following year.  Each
              Fraud Chargeback Amount shall be deducted from the Fraud Reserve
              until the Fraud Reserve is exhausted.  No deduction for fraud
              shall be made from the Fraud Reserve as defined in this Section
              6(iii) if Merchant has fully complied with fraud protection
              procedures set forth in  Section 4(h).  Merchant shall not be
              required to pay any Fraud Chargeback amount unless or until the
              total amount of Fraud Chargebacks exceed the Fraud Reserve.  At
              the end of each calendar year if there is any excess in the Fraud
              Reserve it will be credited to the Merchant; provided, however,
              the amount to be credited to the Merchant from the Fraud Reserve
              in 1994 will be pro rated by the number of full months this
              Agreement has been in effect in calendar year 1994.

     (iv)     Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures
              and limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback in the
              amount set forth below if each of the following events occur:

              (1) Household makes a document request on a Request Form in
              strict compliance with the document request procedures set forth





                                       18
<PAGE>   19

              in Section 7(d) below;

              (2) Cardholder has filed a petition for relief under the 
              Bankruptcy Code;

              (3) Either (a) Merchant fails to deliver to Household on or
              before the expiration of the twenty one (21) day response period
              provided by Section 7(d) below, either (i) a copy of the original
              Sales Slip signed by the Cardholder requested by Household; or
              (ii) if the original Sales Slip is not available after a diligent
              search, a computer generated invoice; or (b) with respect to an
              application approved by Household after the 25th day of March and
              the application was previously reported to Merchant as missing on
              the applicable reports described in Section 6.a.(i) above, or (c)
              with respect to an application approved by Household before the
              Effective Date before the 25th day of March, 1992, the
              application is unsigned (but not missing); and

              (4) The Account balance is $300 or more (collectively, the
              occurrence of each of the events in subsections (1), (2), (3),
              and (4) above is known as a "Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback
              Event").

              Immediately upon the occurrence of the Bankruptcy Documentation
              Chargeback Event, Household may implement the Chargeback (a
              "Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback").  As a condition to
              implementing a Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback Event
              concerning Subsection 6.a.(iv)(3)(c) above (unsigned
              application), Household shall send Merchant a copy of the
              unsigned application at the time of the Chargeback.

              For a Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
              6.a.(iv)(3)(a) above (missing or unsigned Sales Slips), Merchant
              shall pay to Household the lesser of (i) 50% of the balance of
              missing or unsigned Sales Slips for the Account (including sixty
              percent (60%) of finance charges up to a maximum of six Billing
              Cycles, but excluding matching Sales Slips and Credit Slips
              arising from sales canceled by subsequent refunds), or (ii) 50%
              of the Account balance at the time of the Chargeback.  For a
              Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
              6.a.(iv)(3)(b) above (missing or unsigned applications) or
              Subsection 6.a.(iv)(3)(c) above (unsigned applications), Merchant
              shall pay to Household 50% of the Account balance at the time of
              Chargeback.

              This Subsection 6.a.(iv) shall be deemed to be in effect as of
              the Effective Date for all Chargeback Notices that are, or have
              been, sent to Merchant on or after the Effective Date.

              Notwithstanding the above, no Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback
              shall occur if Household fails to take any action concerning an
              Account within the later of (i) one year after the date of





                                       19
<PAGE>   20

              receipt of the last payment, and (ii) if there is a purchase on
              the Account made pursuant to a promotion, one year after the
              actual first payment due date.

              The acceptance of a computer generated invoice under Section
              6(iv)(3) shall not relieve Merchant of the duty to maintain
              signed Sales Slips as described in Section 7 below and to produce
              these when requested for other purposes.

     (v)      Collection Documentation Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures
              and limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback in the
              amount set forth below if each of the following events occur:

              (1) Household makes a document request on a Request Form in
              strict compliance with the document request procedures set forth
              in Section 7(d) below, and

              (2) Either (a) Merchant fails to deliver to Household on or
              before the expiration of the twenty one (21) day response period
              provided by Section 7(d) below, a copy of the original Sales Slip
              signed by the Cardholder requested by Household, or (b) with
              respect to an application approved by Household after March 25,
              1992, Household is not in receipt of the original application
              executed by the applicants and the application was previously
              reported to Merchant as missing on the applicable reports
              described in Section 6.a.(i) above, or (c) with respect to an
              application approved by Household before March 25, 1992, the
              application is unsigned (but not missing); and 
              (3) Either (a) Household files a lawsuit and Household fails to 
              obtain a judgment in its favor or the case is dismissed, in 
              either case due to lack of signed Sales Slips and/or 
              applications, or (b) Household's counsel reasonably deems any 
              legal action to be a loss due to lack of signed Sales Slips 
              and/or applications.

              (4) The Account balance is $300.00 or more (collectively, the
              occurrence of each of the events in subsections (1), (2), (3) and
              (4) above is known as a "Collection Documentation Chargeback
              Event").

              Immediately upon the occurrence of the Collection Documentation
              Chargeback Event, Household may implement the Chargeback (a
              "Collection Documentation Chargeback").  As a condition to
              implementing a Collection Documentation Chargeback Event
              concerning Subsection 6.a.(v)(2)(c) above (unsigned application),
              Household shall send Merchant a copy of the unsigned application
              at the time of the Chargeback.

              For a Collection Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
              6.a.(v)(3)(a) above (lawsuit), Merchant shall pay to Household
              the loss incurred by Household which results directly from a
              missing or unsigned Sales Slips and/or application.





                                       20
<PAGE>   21


              For a Collection Documentation Chargeback concerning Subsection
              6.a.(v)(3)(b) (no lawsuit), Merchant shall pay to Household:

              (i)  with respect to a missing or unsigned application, 50% of
              the Account balance at the time of the Chargeback.

              (ii)  with respect to a missing or unsigned Sales Slip, the
              lesser of (i) 50% of the balance of missing or unsigned Sales
              Slips for the Account (including sixty percent (60%) of finance
              charges up to a maximum of six Billing Cycles, but excluding
              matching Sales Slips and Credit Slips arising from sales canceled
              by subsequent refunds), or (ii) 50% of the Account balance at the
              time of the Chargeback.

              Notwithstanding the above, no Collection Documentation Chargeback
              shall occur if Household fails to take any action concerning an
              Account within the later of (i) one year after the date of
              receipt of the last payment, and (ii) if there is a purchase on
              the Account made pursuant to a promotion, one year after the
              actual first payment due date.

     (vi)     Invalid Account Number Chargeback.  Subject to the procedures and
              limitations below, Household may trigger a Chargeback for any
              Transaction Data if Household funds the dollar amount of the
              Transaction Data submitted by Merchant for a Card Sale, but
              Household is subsequently unable to match the Transaction Data
              submitted with the appropriate Account.

              Household must send Merchant written notice (the "Invalid Account
              Number Chargeback Notice") within ninety (90) days of the funding
              date of the Transaction Data containing the following
              information, if, and as, transmitted to Household by Merchant:

              (1) Account number
              (2) Transaction/Sale Date
              (3) Appropriate Identifier Code identifying the transaction as a
                  sale or credit
              (4) Transaction Amount
              (5) Reason for Chargeback

              Household may not implement a Chargeback under this subsection
              until the expiration of a twenty one (21) day period after
              delivery to Merchant of the Authorization Chargeback Notice (the
              "Invalid Account Number Chargeback Cure Period").

              During the Invalid Account Number Chargeback Cure Period,
              Merchant will use all reasonable efforts to provide the
              information requested in the Invalid Account Number Chargeback
              Notice.  If Merchant fails to deliver to Household the requested
              information on or before the expiration of the Invalid Account
              Number Chargeback Cure Period or if Household cannot match the
              Transaction Data to an Account with the information provided by





                                       21
<PAGE>   22

              Merchant during the Invalid Account Number Chargeback Cure
              Period, Household may then trigger a Chargeback for the
              particular Transaction Data (an "Invalid Account Number
              Chargeback").

              For each Invalid Account Number Chargeback, Merchant shall pay to
              Household the amount funded to Merchant for such transaction,
              plus sixty percent (60%) of finance charges thereon up to a
              maximum of six (6) Billing Cycles net of any payment made by the
              Cardholder.

b.  Post Chargeback Procedures.  Upon each Chargeback by Household triggered by
an Event of Chargeback described above, Household will, upon request, return to
Merchant any Sales Slip or copy thereof or other evidence of the transaction it
received from Merchant.  Household shall provide, at Merchant's request (which
request must be made within sixty (60) days of implementation of the Collection
Chargeback), copies of collection screen prints relating to such Sales Slip, to
the extent and only if allowed by law.  Household may deduct amounts owed to
Household under this Section 6 from any amounts owed to Merchant under this
Agreement.  Any payment made by Merchant to Household as a result of a
Chargeback shall not be final but shall be subject to subsequent review and
verification by Household and Merchant, subject to the provisions of Section
6.d. below, and subsequent fundings may be adjusted or Merchant billed.  Upon
completion of a properly implemented Chargeback permitted by this Section 6,
Merchant shall own the Account or Sales Slip, whichever is charged back to
Merchant, and Merchant shall bear all liability and risk of loss associated
with the Sales Slip, Card Sale or Account that has been subject to Chargeback,
or the applicable portion thereof, without warranty or representation whether
express or implied by, or recourse or liability to, Household, and Merchant
shall be entitled to recover any monies inadvertently paid to Household by the
Cardholder for such Account or Sales Slip.

c.  Format of Chargeback Notice.  The Customer Service Chargeback Notice and
the Fraud Chargeback Notice (collectively referred to as the "Chargeback
Notice") must be in writing and must contain the following information, if and
as, submitted by Merchant to Household:

     (i)     Cardholder Name
     (ii)    Cardholder Account Number - 15 digits
     (iii)   Merchant Invoice No. - 14 digits
     (iv)    Transaction Date - date of Card Sale or credit, as applicable
     (v)     Chargeback Amount
     (vi)    Reason for Chargeback
     (vii)   Account balance
     (viii)  Appropriate transaction identifier code identifying the 
             transaction as a credit or sale

Each Chargeback Notice must be delivered to Merchant at Merchant's address set
forth on page one of this Agreement.





                                       22
<PAGE>   23



d.  Chargeback Dispute.  Merchant is entitled to dispute a Chargeback or amount
of a Chargeback.  For example (1) Merchant may be able to document to Household
that Merchant complied with the applicable fraud protection procedures in this
Agreement, or (2) Merchant may wish to prove to Household with respect to a
Collection Documentation Chargeback that (i) the Merchant fully complied with
any permitted Section 7(d) document request made by Household, or (ii)
Household did not comply with its Section 7(d) document request requirements
and procedures.

Any dispute by Merchant concerning a Chargeback or the amount of a Chargeback
or Merchant's review and verification of any Sales Slip or Account that is
charged back to Merchant, are subject to the procedures and limitations below:

     1.  For each such dispute, the dispute must be made in writing, on a form
         to be mutually agreed upon by the parties, and copies of the
         applicable Chargeback Notices, Bankruptcy Documentation Chargeback
         Notices, Collection Documentation Chargeback Notices, applicable
         application reports, and Invalid Account Number Chargeback Notices
         must be attached to said form (herein the said form and attachments
         are collectively called the "Dispute Form"):

     2.  The Dispute Form must be delivered to Household, at Household's
         address set forth on page one of this Agreement to the attention of
         Silo Chargeback Manager with a copy to the Major Account Executive.

     3.  The Dispute Form must be delivered within one hundred twenty (120)
         days from the date Household deducted the amount of the Chargeback
         from funding or otherwise received payment of said amount ("Chargeback
         Dispute Period").  Merchant's right to dispute any Chargeback or
         amount of Chargeback must be done in strict compliance with the terms,
         provisions and time frames set forth above.  Upon expiration of the
         Chargeback Dispute Period, the applicable Chargeback shall be deemed
         to be final.

     Within the Chargeback Dispute Period, Merchant has the right to audit the
     Chargebacks for that period.

e.  Survival.  The terms and provisions of this Section 6 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

Section 7.  Transmission of Data & Records.  Data, records and
information shall be transmitted and maintained as described below.

(a)  Transmission of Data.  Merchant shall transmit to Household, by electronic
     transmission or other form of transmission mutually agreed upon by
     Household and Merchant  the Transaction Data required by this Agreement
     concerning Card Sales and credit transactions.  All data transmitted shall
     be in a medium, form and format designated by Household and shall be
     presorted according to Household's instructions provided, however, no
     changes in current procedures will be initiated by





                                       23
<PAGE>   24

     Household until notification to Merchant and mutual agreement of
     reasonable time frame.  Any errors or missing information in the
     Transaction Data or in its transmission shall be the sole responsibility
     of Merchant, except if Household's electronic system of data transmission
     malfunctions or is otherwise unavailable.  The means of transmission
     indicated above in this Section shall be the exclusive means utilized by
     Merchant for the transmission of Transaction Data to Household, unless and
     until the parties mutually agree to a different form.

(b)  Receipt of Transmission.  Upon successful receipt of the above described
     transmission, Household will pay Merchant in accordance with this
     Agreement, subject to subsequent review and verification by Household and
     to all other rights of Household and obligations of Merchant as set forth
     in this Agreement. If transmission of Transaction Data is by tape,
     Merchant agrees to deliver upon demand by Household a duplicate tape of
     any prior tape transmission, if such demand is made within forty-five (45)
     calendar days of the original transmission.

(c)  Records.  Merchant shall maintain the actual original executed paper Sales
     Slips, Credit Slips, and other records pertaining to any transaction
     covered by this Agreement for such time and in such manner as Household or
     any law or regulation may require, but in no event less than two (2) years
     after the date Merchant presents each Transaction Data to Household, and
     Merchant shall make and retain for at least four (4) years either (i) the
     said actual original executed paper documents, or (ii) legible microfilm
     copies of such actual original executed paper transaction documents or
     Computer Generated Invoices.

(d)  Requests for Documents.  Household may request Merchant to provide to
     Household copies of the actual original executed paper Sales Slips and
     Credit Slips, applications, if applicable, or other transaction records,
     and any other documentary evidence available to Merchant and reasonably
     requested by Household to meet its obligations under law (including its
     obligations under the Fair Credit Billing Act) or otherwise to respond to
     questions, disputes, complaints, lawsuits, counterclaims or claims
     concerning Accounts or requests from or concerning Cardholders, or if
     requested by a regulator, examiner, governmental agency or other similar
     entity or person,or to enforce any rights Household may have against a
     Cardholder, including, without limitation, litigation by or against
     Household, collection efforts and bankruptcy proceedings.

     Household shall not submit a Document Request Form for an Account in
     collection or bankruptcy concerning any Account that has a balance less
     than $300.00.  Household shall request Sales Slips by completing a request
     form ("Request Form"), which shall  contain the following information for
     each Sales Slip requested, as applicable, provided Merchant has previously
     given Household such information for the respective Sales Slip:





                                       24
<PAGE>   25




     a.  Cardholder Name.
     b.  Cardholder Account Number - 15 digits.
     c.  Merchant Invoice Number - 14 digits.
     d.  Transaction Date/date of the Card Sale.
     e.  Transaction amount.
     f.  Account balance as of the Request Date .
     g.  Date of request  ("Request Date") and date by which the information is
         to be delivered.
     h.  Request reason code.
     i.  Type of information requested.
     j.  Appropriate transaction identifier code identifying the transaction as
         a credit or sale.

     Request Forms shall be sent by facsimile to Merchant.


     Merchant shall provide Household with copies of all originally executed
     Sales Slips and copies of identification (if required under Section 4
     above) if requested by Household on the Request Form within twenty-one
     (21) days of the date of the facsimile receipt.

     If Merchant is required to utilize overnight mail or courier, or certified
     or registered mail to allow it to comply with any response times provided
     herein for requested documents or information, Merchant shall bear the
     cost.  However, if Household requests Merchant to provide it with Sales
     Slips or other information requested on a Request Form before the response
     times provided herein and, in order to comply with this request, Merchant
     is required to utilize overnight courier or mail or certified or
     registered mail, Household shall bear the cost.  Household shall reimburse
     Merchant for any such costs after it receives written receipts for such
     costs by adding such costs to any other monies or amounts owed to Merchant
     under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Household is
     required to respond to a Cardholder's inquiry, a state or federal
     regulator's request or in a judicial or other similar proceeding before
     the response times set forth herein and Household notifies Merchant of
     this fact, Merchant will cooperate and use its best efforts to respond
     within the response time requested by Household.

(e)  Computer Terminals.   Household will provide to Merchant one or more
     Terminals to be used for Card applications, Sales Slip and other data
     processing in Merchant's place(s) of business, subject to the terms of
     this Agreement.  Merchant will pay Household the Terminal Usage Fee in the
     amount of $20.00 (twenty dollars) each month for each Terminal placed at
     Merchant's place(s) of business.  Upon the mutual agreement of the
     parties, Merchant may obtain, at its expense, and use at its stores, its
     own computer hardware and equipment for the processing of applications,
     and Merchant shall then return all Terminals and any accompanying
     equipment to Household in the same condition as received, except for
     normal wear and tear.  Upon receipt by Household of each said Terminal and
     accompanying equipment, the Terminal Usage Fee assessed for





                                       25
<PAGE>   26

     each such Terminal shall cease.  Merchant will be responsible for all
     costs related to repair and/or replacement of Terminals resulting from
     Merchant's misuse of the Terminals.  Household will provide normal
     maintenance and replacement units for malfunctioning Terminals.  Merchant
     will provide a dedicated telephone line to transmit the data entered on
     the Terminal to Household's Servicing Center, at Merchant's cost.
     Household  shall provide a toll-free 800 telephone number for Merchant to
     use in transmitting the data on the Terminal to the Household Servicing
     Center, at Household's cost.  In the event of Merchant's breach of this
     Agreement or termination of this Agreement, immediately upon Household's
     request, Merchant will promptly return to Household all software,
     Terminals and equipment provided by Household hereunder in the same
     condition as received, except for normal wear and tear.  Any amounts owed
     to Household hereunder may be deducted from any amounts owed to Merchant
     under this Agreement.  Merchant agrees not to reproduce any software
     provided to Merchant under this Agreement.  Household and Merchant may
     from time to time mutually agree to change or cease use of the tape or
     electronic transmission process described in this Section, and Household
     may require delivery to Household of the actual Sales Slips and Credit
     Slips within five (5) Business Days after the date of the respective sale
     or credit transaction.

(f)  Limited License/HAPS.  Household hereby grants to Merchant an
     individual, non-transferable, limited and non-exclusive license and right
     to use Household's application processing software known as   "Household
     Application Processing System" ("HAPS") in machine readable (object code)
     form at the Merchant's address shown above at page one of this Agreement
     (and on any exhibit attached hereto) subject to the following terms and
     conditions which Merchant hereby accepts and agrees to:

     i.    HAPS is and remains the sole, exclusive, confidential and trade 
           secret property of Household.  Merchant will not reverse engineer, 
           decompile or attempt to derive source code of HAPS.

     ii.   HAPS will be used solely for the processing of credit applications to
           be submitted to Household (and not any other credit provider) in
           connection with this Agreement and for no other purpose.

     iii.  Merchant will not copy or duplicate HAPS except as specifically
           authorized by Household.  Merchant will not make or attempt to
           make any changes, modifications, enhancements, or customization
           to HAPS.  Merchant will promptly use any modifications or new
           versions of HAPS provided by Household so that the most current
           version is used by Merchant.

     iv.   In addition to the obligations imposed by Section 20 below, Merchant
           agrees to maintain HAPS and any document or information relating
           thereto in strict confidence and will not use such except as provided
           herein.  Disclosure of HAPS to employees of Merchant will only be 
           made on a need to know basis and be limited to as few employees as
           necessary.  Merchant will insure compliance with this





                                       26
<PAGE>   27

           Agreement by its employees, agents, representatives, officers and
           directors.  Neither HAPS nor any information regarding HAPS will be
           disclosed to any other person or entity.

     v.    In addition to the obligations imposed by Section 14 below, Merchant
           shall indemnify and hold Household harmless for any loss, claim or
           damage arising out of Merchant's use or possession of HAPS, including
           any use or possession by Merchant's employees, agents,
           representatives, officers or directors to the extent not caused by 
           the gross negligence of Household.

     vi.   Household shall have no liability or responsibility to Merchant, its
           employees, agents, representatives, officers, or directors or any
           other person or entity with respect to any liability, loss or damage
           caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by HAPS, its  
           use or operation.

           HOUSEHOLD MAKES NO WARRANTIES EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AS TO HAPS
           INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
           PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  HOUSEHOLD SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
           INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE, LOSS OF BUSINESS, ANTICIPATORY PROFITS,
           INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OCCURRING OUT OF OR IN
           CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF HAPS.

     vii.  Merchant shall not transfer, sell, assign, encumber, or pledge
           HAPS and any such purported transfer, sale, assignment,
           encumbrance or pledge shall be null and void.

(g)  Termination.  In the event this Agreement is terminated, the license
     granted under this Section 7 shall automatically terminate.  Upon
     termination of this Agreement and at the request of Household, Merchant
     will (i) return HAPS and all materials including books and manuals and any
     copies thereof relating to HAPS to Household and will certify in writing
     that HAPS has been permanently eliminated from Merchant's computer
     equipment and that no copies exist, and (ii) promptly return to Household
     all software, Terminals and equipment in the same condition as received,
     except for normal wear and tear.

(h)  Survival.  The terms and provisions of this Section shall survive the
     termination of this Agreement.

Section 8.  Endorsement.  Merchant agrees that Merchant shall be deemed to
have endorsed any Sales Slip, Credit Slip, or Cardholder payments by check,
money order, or other instrument made payable to Merchant that a Cardholder
presents to Household in Household's favor, and Merchant hereby authorizes
Household to supply such necessary endorsements on behalf of Merchant.

Section 9.  Prohibited Payments.  Merchant agrees that Household has the
sole right to receive payments on any accepted Sales Slip as long as:

     (a)  Household has paid Merchant the Sales Slip amount; or
     (b)  Household has not charged such Sales Slip back to Merchant





                                       27
<PAGE>   28


         hereunder.

         Unless specifically authorized in writing by Household, Merchant
         agrees not to make any collections on any such Sales Slip. Merchant
         agrees to hold in trust for Household any payment received by Merchant
         of all or part of the amount of any accepted Sales Slip and to deliver
         promptly the same in kind to Household within five (5) days of receipt
         by Merchant, together with the Cardholder's name, Account number, and
         any correspondence accompanying the payment.  Notwithstanding the
         foregoing, Merchant, at its cost, may provide to Cardholders seeking
         to make in-store payments, a stamped envelope, addressed to
         Household's payment center to enable the Cardholder to mail his/her
         payment to Household.

Section 10.  Financial Information.  Household may annually review the
financial stability of Merchant.  To assist Household in doing this, Merchant
shall deliver to Household no later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, an audited financial statement and supporting materials with sufficient
detail to accurately portray the financial condition of Merchant, including
10-Ks, 10-Qs and 8-Ks as such reports are filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and press releases as issued from time to time.  Merchant
warrants and represents that any financial statement or other information
submitted to Household by Merchant is true and accurate as of the date on the
document and as of the date submitted.  Merchant understands that Household may
verify the information on any financial statement or other information provided
by Merchant and, from time to time, may seek credit, financial and other
information concerning Merchant from others.   Upon request by Merchant,
Household shall send to Merchant, an audited financial statement with
sufficient detail to accurately portray the financial condition of Household
International, Inc.

Section 11.  Merchant Business Practices.  Merchant agrees to provide
adequate services in connection with each Card Sale pursuant to standard
customs and trade practices and any applicable manufacturer's warranties, and
to provide such repairs, service and replacements and take such other
corrective action as may be required by law.

Section 12.  Cardholder Account Information.  Merchant shall not sell,
purchase, provide, or exchange Account number information in the form of
imprinted Sales Slips, carbon copies of imprinted Sales Slips, Cardholder
mailing lists, tapes or other media obtained by reason of a Card transaction to
any third party other than to Merchant's agents for the purpose of assisting
Merchant in its business with Household or pursuant to a government request.

Section 13.  Change in Ownership.  Merchant agrees to send Household at
least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any change in Merchant's name or
location, any material change in ownership of Merchant's business or any change
in Sales Slip or Credit Slip information concerning Merchant.





                                       28
<PAGE>   29



Section 14.  Indemnification.

     (a) Indemnification by Merchant.  Merchant shall be liable to and shall
         indemnify and hold harmless Household and its Affiliates and their
         respective officers, employees, agents and directors from any losses,
         damages, claims or complaints incurred by Household or any Affiliate
         of Household or their respective officers, employees, agents and
         directors arising out of: (i) Merchant's failure to comply with this
         Agreement;  (ii) any claim, dispute, complaint or setoff made by a
         Cardholder or applicant with respect to anything done or not done by
         Merchant in connection with Card Sales or credits; (iii) anything done
         or not done by Merchant in connection with the furnishing of any
         goods, warranties or services purchased by Cardholders; (iv) the death
         or injury to any person or the loss, destruction or damage to any
         property arising out of the design, manufacture or furnishing by
         Merchant of any goods, warranties or services purchased by
         Cardholders; (v) any claim or complaint of a third party in connection
         with Merchant's advertisements and promotions relating to the Card
         unless Merchant's advertisements and promotions are materials supplied
         by Household and are used by Merchant without alteration; (vi) any
         illegal or improper conduct of Merchant or its employees or agents;
         and (vii) any claim or complaint by a consumer that Merchant has
         violated the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, or
         any other act and related Applicable Laws. Household may deduct any
         amounts incurred by Household under this Section from amounts owed
         Merchant under this Agreement.

     (b) Indemnification by Household.  Household shall be liable to and  shall
         indemnify and hold harmless Merchant and its officers, employees, and
         directors from any losses, damages, claims, or complaints incurred by
         Merchant or its officers, employees and directors arising out of any
         claim or complaint by a Cardholder or applicant with respect to
         anything wrongfully done or not done by Household in connection with
         such Cardholder's Account or applicant's application or with respect
         to any advertisements or promotions relating to the Card that are
         specifically approved in writing by Household. Notwithstanding the
         foregoing, the indemnification by Household shall not apply to any
         claim or complaint relating to the failure of Merchant to resolve a
         billing inquiry or dispute with a Cardholder relating to Merchant's
         actions or omissions.

     (c) Notice of Claim.  In the event that Household or Merchant shall
         receive any claim or demand or be subject to any suit or proceeding of
         which a claim may be made against the other under this Section, the
         indemnified party shall give prompt written notice thereof to the
         indemnifying party and the indemnifying party will be entitled to
         participate in the settlement or defense thereof with counsel
         satisfactory to indemnified party at the indemnifying party's expense.
         In any case, the indemnifying party and the indemnified





                                       29
<PAGE>   30

         party shall cooperate (at no cost to the indemnified party) in the
         settlement or defense of any such claim, demand, suit, or proceeding.

     (d) Survival.  The terms of this Section 14 shall survive the termination
         of this Agreement.

Section 15.  Inspection.  Employees of each of Merchant and Household may
examine during normal business hours at each other's respective offices,
certain documents, books,  records or operations of the other that concern only
the Accounts, Chargebacks and funding of Sales Slips with respect to Card Sales
of Merchant only, subject to the limitations in Section 6 d..

Section 16.  Term and Termination.

     (a) Term.  This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date
         when executed by authorized officers of each of the parties and shall
         remain in effect for four (4) years ("Initial Term").  Thereafter,
         this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for  successive one year
         terms (the "Renewal Term(s)") unless and until terminated as provided
         herein.  The termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights
         and obligations of the parties with respect to transactions and
         occurrences which take place prior to the effective date of
         termination, except as otherwise provided herein.

     (b)  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated:

         (i)      by Household or Merchant upon not less than one hundred eighty
                  (180) days notice to the other prior to the end of the Initial
                  Term or the end of each Renewal Term.

         (ii)     by Household or Merchant immediately upon notice to the other
                  in the event either party (i) shall elect to wind up or
                  dissolve its operation or is wound up and dissolved; becomes
                  insolvent or repeatedly fails to pay its debts as they become
                  due; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; files
                  a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or for reorganization or
                  is adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent; or has a liquidator
                  or trustee appointed over its affairs, or (ii)  materially
                  breaches its obligations or any warranty or representation
                  under this Agreement.

         (iii)    by Household upon not less than one hundred eighty (180) days
                  notice if Fretter, Inc. ceases to be a publicly held company,
                  or if there occurs a material adverse change in the financial
                  condition of Merchant as determined by Household.

         (iv)     by Household upon not less than thirty (30) days notice if
                  Merchant suspends or goes out of business or sends a notice
                  of a proposed bulk sale of all or part of its business;





                                       30
<PAGE>   31


         (v)      by Household upon not less than sixty (60) days notice, if in
                  Household's judgment as verified by an attorney's opinion, any
                  Applicable Law  requires that this Agreement or either party's
                  rights or obligations hereunder or under the Cardholder
                  application/agreement be amended, modified, waived or 
                  suspended in any respect, including, without limitation, any 
                  Applicable Law that affects the amount of finance charges, 
                  charges or fees that may be charged or collected or the 
                  Consumer Rate that may be charged on purchases with the Card.

         (vi)     by Household if the Total Annual Credit Volume falls below
                  $110,000,000.00.

         (vii)    by Merchant upon not less than sixty (60) days notice, if in
                  Merchant's judgment as verified by an attorney's opinion, any
                  Applicable Law  requires that this Agreement or either
                  party's rights or obligations hereunder or under the
                  Cardholder application/agreement be amended, modified, waived
                  or suspended in any respect, including, without limitation,
                  any Applicable Law that affects the amount of finance
                  charges, charges or fees that may be charged or collected or
                  the Consumer Rate that may be charged on purchases with the
                  Card and therefore significantly alters the Merchant's
                  liability for payments to Household under Section 3(c) of
                  this Agreement.

     (c) This Subsection Was Intentionally Left Blank.

     (d) Duties and Rights Upon Termination.  Upon termination of this
         Agreement, Merchant will promptly submit to Household all Card Sales,
         credit and other data made through the date of termination.  Upon
         termination, and if requested by Merchant, Household, at its option,
         may continue to accept (but Household has no obligation to do so) new
         or additional Card Sales to then existing Cardholders pursuant to
         terms and conditions designated by Household, in its sole discretion,
         at such time.

     (e) Purchase Requirements.  The following are the  Purchase Requirements:

         (i)      If, at the expiration of the Initial Term, the parties 
                  decide not to renew the Agreement, Merchant may       
                  purchase or arrange to purchase by a third party, all
                  outstanding Accounts, without recourse to Household and
                  without warranty or representation, express or implied, by
                  Household, not later than 60 days after the effective date of
                  expiration of this Agreement, at a price (determined as of
                  the most recent Billing Dates prior to the transfer) equal to
                  100% of the face value of all of the outstanding Accounts,
                  plus accrued and unbilled finance charges and other amounts
                  owed under the Cardholder agreements pursuant to such terms
                  and





                                       31
<PAGE>   32

                  conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Household;
                  provided, however, if the purchase(s) is made as of each
                  Billing Cycle no accrued and unbilled finance charge shall be
                  applicable.

         (ii)     Merchant shall have an option to terminate the Agreement
                  after three (3) years have elapsed since the Effective Date
                  but before the end of the Initial Term provided Merchant
                  gives Household at least one hundred eighty (180) days
                  written notice prior to Termination.  Merchant may purchase
                  or arrange to purchase by a third party, all outstanding
                  Accounts, without recourse to Household and without warranty
                  or representation, express or implied, by Household, not
                  later than 60 days after the effective date of termination of
                  this Agreement, at a price (determined as of the most recent
                  Billing Dates prior to the transfer) equal to 102% of the
                  face value of all of the outstanding Accounts, plus accrued
                  and unbilled finance charges and other amounts owed under the
                  Cardholder agreements pursuant to such terms and conditions
                  as are reasonably acceptable to Household; provided, however,
                  if the purchase(s) is made as of each Billing Cycle no
                  accrued and unbilled finance charge shall be applicable.

         After the delivery of the termination notice, but by the end of said
         sixty (60) day period, Household will allow such purchaser to perform
         normal, customary and reasonable due diligence concerning such
         purchase during the business hours of 9 a.m. through 5 p.m.  Central
         Standard time on Business Days; provided that Household is in receipt
         of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Household
         executed by Merchant and any proposed purchaser.  After said 60 days,
         Merchant shall have no right to purchase the Accounts or any other
         right or interest whatsoever concerning the Accounts, and Household
         may sell the Accounts and the Cardholder names and addresses to any
         third party except to competitors of Merchant that sell consumer
         electronics and appliances of the type sold by Merchant, and the
         products or services of other merchants may be marketed and sold to
         Cardholders.

         The Parties agree Merchant must, at the same time and under the same
         conditions, purchase all outstanding Accounts owned by Household Bank
         (Illinois), N.A., which are the subject of the Merchant Agreement
         dated as of the 1st of March, 1994 between Household Bank (Illinois),
         N.A. and Merchant as amended from time to time ("Bank Portfolio").

         Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Household
         will not be required to sell the Accounts under any conditions if the
         Total Annual Credit Volume falls below $110,000,000.00.





                                       32
<PAGE>   33


Section 17.  Status of the Parties.  In performing their responsibilities
pursuant to this Agreement, Household and Merchant are in the position of
independent contractors, and in no circumstances shall either party be deemed
to be the agent or employee of the other.  This Agreement is not intended to
create, nor does it create and shall not be construed to create, a relationship
of partner or joint venturer or an association for profit between Household and
Merchant.  Any amounts ever owing by Merchant pursuant to this Agreement
represent contractual obligations only and are not a loan or debt.

Section 18.  Force Majeure.  Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to
the other by reason of any failure in performance of this Agreement in
accordance with its terms if such failure arises out of a cause beyond the
control and without the fault or negligence of such party.  Such causes may
include but are not limited to acts of God, acts of the public enemy or of
civil or military authority, unavailability of energy resources, fires,
strikes, riots or war.  In the event of any force majeure occurrence, the
disabled party shall use its best efforts to meet its obligations as set forth
in this Agreement.  The disabled party shall promptly advise the other party of
any developments (or changes therein) that appear likely to affect the ability
of that party to perform any of its obligations hereunder in whole or in part.
If Household is unable to approve applications or give Authorizations for more
than two (2) consecutive days or fund within the time period described in
Section 3 e. above, Merchant shall be entitled to obtain alternative consumer
financing from another provider.  Household may then provide notice when it is
once again able to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and Merchant
shall thereupon reinstate its performance under this Agreement.

Section 19. Limited License.  Merchant hereby authorizes Household for purposes
of this Agreement to use Merchant's name, logo, registered trademarks and
servicemarks (if any) and any other proprietary designations ("Proprietary
Materials") on the Cards, applications, periodic statements, billing
statements, collection letters or documents, promotional or advertising
materials and otherwise in connection with the Program, subject to Merchant's
periodic reasonable review of such use and to such reasonable specifications of
Merchant.  Merchant represents and warrants that it has obtained appropriate
federal and state trademark registrations to protect its interest in the use
and ownership of the Proprietary Materials.  Merchant shall, indemnify, defend
and hold Household harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability arising
from any claims of alleged infringement of the Proprietary Materials (including
attorneys' fees and costs).  Merchant may not use any name or service mark of
Household or any of its Affiliates in any manner without the prior written
consent of Household, which consent may be unreasonably withheld.





                                       33
<PAGE>   34


Section 20.  Confidentiality/Additional Products and/or Services.   Merchant
will keep confidential and not disclose to any person or entity (except to
employees, officers, partners or directors of Merchant who are engaged in the
implementation and execution of the Program) all information, software, systems
and data, that Merchant receives from Household or from any other source,
relating to the Program and matters which are subject to the terms of this
Agreement, including, but not limited to, Account information other than the
names and addresses of the Cardholders and purchases made, and shall use, or
cause to be used, such information solely for the purposes of the performance
of Merchant's obligations under the terms of this Agreement.  Household will
not offer for sale to Cardholders merchandise, extended warranties or other
non-financial or non-insurance products or services currently sold by Merchant
without Merchant's consent.  Household will keep confidential and not disclose
to any person or entity (except to employees, officers, agents or directors of
Household or any Affiliate) the names and addresses of Cardholders without
Merchant's permission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Household and/or any of
its Affiliates may at any time, and without Merchant's consent, solicit
Cardholders for any additional credit cards or other types of accounts or
financial or insurance services or products offered by Household and/or any of
its Affiliates (provided the Affiliate is not a direct competitor of Merchant
in the consumer electronics and appliance industry), except merchandise sold by
direct competitors of Merchant in the consumer electronics and appliance
industry.  Merchant understands that Household may be required or asked to
disclose certain information in connection with Household's asset
securitizations.  The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination
of this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 16 (e) above.

Section 21.  Notices.  All notices required or permitted by this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be sent to the respective parties (if to
Household, to the Attention of Paul A. Miller, President, with copies to the
Attention of, (i) General Counsel, Household Retail Services, Inc.. Law
Department and (ii) Major Account Executive; if to Merchant, to the Attention
of Chief Financial Officer of Fretter, Inc. (with a copy to the Attention of
the Secretary) at their respective addresses set forth on page one of this
Agreement or such other addresses as each party may designate to the other by
notice hereunder.  Said notices shall be deemed to be received (i) upon three
(3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail with postage prepaid, by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, (ii) upon personal
delivery, or (iii) upon receipt by telex, facsimile, or overnight/express
courier service or mail.

Section 22.  Amendments and Supplementary Documents.   Household may amend this
Agreement upon ten (10) days' prior notice to Merchant if such modification is
required by any state or federal law, rule, regulation, governmental or
judicial order, opinion, interpretation or decision.  Reference herein to "this
Agreement" shall include any schedules, exhibits, appendices, and amendments
hereto.  Any amendment or modification to this Agreement must be in writing and
signed by a duly authorized officer of Household to be effective and binding
upon Household; no oral amendments or modifications shall be binding upon the
parties.





                                       34
<PAGE>   35


Section 23.  Assignment.  This Agreement is binding upon the parties and their
successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding, Merchant may not assign this
Agreement without the prior written consent of Household; any purported
assignment without such consent shall be void.  Household may without
Merchant's consent assign this Agreement or any of the rights or obligations
hereunder to any Affiliate of Household at any time.  In the event of such
assignment, the assignee shall have the same rights and remedies as Household
under this Agreement.

Section 24.  Credit Insurance.  Merchant may include the sale of credit
insurance offered by Alexander Hamilton Life Insurance Company among the
products and services offered to consumers without payment of a service fee.

Any change in the underwriter and issuer of credit insurance is subject to
Household's prior written approval, which approval may be withheld or denied in
Household's sole discretion.  Also, in such event, Household may assess a
service fee, in an amount to be then determined by Household, to compensate
Household for any servicing concerning the credit insurance that Household may
be requested to perform.  Household and Merchant understand that credit
insurance and compensation and fees are regulated under applicable stte law and
regulations.  Household makes no representations or warranties with respect to
the availability of credit insurance on any Account(s) nor with respect to any
compensation or fees.

Section 25.  Rights of Persons Not a Party.  This Agreement shall not create
any rights on the part of any person or entity not a party hereto, whether as a
third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 26.  Section Headings.  The headings of the sections of this Agreement
are for reference only, are not a substantive part of this Agreement and are
not to be used to affect the validity, construction or interpretation of this
Agreement or any of its provisions.

Section 27.  Integrations.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement
between Household and Merchant, except as otherwise indicated in this
Agreement.  There are merged herein all  oral or written agreements,
understandings, amendments, letters and other communications, including,
without limitation, the Original Agreement, representations, promises and
conditions in connection with the subject matter hereof prior to the date this
agreement is executed by the parties.  Any agreements, letters, understandings,
representations, warranties, promises or conditions not expressly incorporated
herein shall not be binding on either party.  All sales, credit or other
transactions described in  the Original Agreement and all existing Accounts and
Card Sales (which terms are defined in the Original Agreement) shall be
governed by this Agreement.

Section 28.  Governing Law/Severability.   This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.  If any
provision of this Agreement is contrary to Applicable Law, such provision shall
be deemed ineffective without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.





                                       35
<PAGE>   36


Section 29.  Right to Cure.  In the event this Agreement is materially breached
by Merchant or Household the party alleging such breach shall give written
notice to the other party as set forth in Section 21 setting forth the nature
of the Breach.  Within ten (10) Business Days of such notice the party against
whom the breach is alleged shall respond with a proposed cure of the breach.
If acceptable, the cure shall be implemented within twenty (20) Business Days.
If this proposed cure of the breach is not acceptable to the party alleging the
breach the party against whom the breach is alleged shall have thirty (30) days
to cure the breach and if the breach remains uncured the parties may proceed
under such remedies as the Agreement allows.

Section 30.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts and shall be effective upon receipt of Household of one or more
counterparts hereof, duly executed by Fretter and Silo and execution by
Household.

Section 31.  Drafting of Agreement.  Both Household and Merchant were
represented by counsel in drafting and negotiating this Agreement.  Both
parties are equally responsible for the language used and neither shall be
considered the primary drafter of any provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 29.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  HOUSEHOLD AND MERCHANT HEREBY KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION,
SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT,
ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR UNDER ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR
WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH, OR
ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, AND
AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDING, SUIT, OR COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE TRIED
BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY; THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT
FOR HOUSEHOLD AND MERCHANT ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

SECTION 32.  JURISDICTION.  ANY ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT MUST BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN THE
COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR MICHIGAN OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT
COURTS FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF MICHIGAN OR FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF
ILLINOIS; AND MERCHANT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
OF SUCH COURTS AND ANY APPELLATE COURTS THEREOF FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUCH
SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR JUDGMENT (IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT
SUCH CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO
SUBMIT ANY DISPUTES HEREUNDER TO ANY COURTS OTHER THAN THOSE ABOVE). SERVICE OF
FRETTER, INC. SHALL BE SUFFICIENT SERVICE OF SILO, INC. AND AFFILIATES OF
FRETTER, INC.  NOTHING HEREIN CONTAINED SHALL PRECLUDE HOUSEHOLD FROM BRINGING
AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY OTHER STATE OR PLACE
HAVING JURISDICTION OVER SUCH ACTION.





                                       36
<PAGE>   37




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Household and Merchant have caused their duly authorized
representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date set forth above.

HOUSEHOLD RETAIL SERVICES, INC.          ATTESTED OR WITNESSED:

By:_______________________________       By:__________________________

Name:_____________________________       Name:________________________

Title:____________________________       Title:_______________________


FRETTER INC.                             ATTESTED OR WITNESSED:

By:_______________________________       By:__________________________

Name:_____________________________       Name:________________________

Title:____________________________       Title:_______________________

SILO, INC.                               ATTESTED OR WITNESSED:

By:________________________________      By:___________________________

Name:______________________________      Name:_________________________

Title:_____________________________      Title:________________________







                                       37

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.36


                   UNIVERSAL INTERNATIONAL RE-INSURANCE LTD.
                              (HAMILTON, BERMUDA)

                   THE FRETTER, INC. CONSUMER PROTECTION PLAN
                    MASTER POLICY OF INSURANCE NO. _________

Effective November 1, 1994: 12:01 a.m.

COVERAGE AGREEMENT:

     In consideration of the payment of premiums as herein specified, Universal
International Re-Insurance Ltd. hereby agrees to insure each holder of a
Certificate of Warranty pursuant to and under the terms and conditions of this
Master Policy.  The terms and conditions of this Master Policy are as follows:

     1.  There shall be submitted within thirty (30) days of the end of each
         calendar month, to Universal International Re-Insurance Ltd., or a
         Master Policy Administrator designed by Universal International
         Re-Insurance Ltd. (hereinafter known collectively as "Universal
         International"), a list of all Certificates of Warranty issued under
         and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Master Policy,
         together with a schedule of premiums due thereunder.

     2.  Coverage shall apply to each Certificate of Warranty and shall be
         effective on the date of issuance of each Certificate of Warranty,
         provided that:  (i) the issuance of the Certificate of Warranty has
         been reported to Universal International as herein required, and (ii)
         the premium attributable to the Certificate of Warranty has been or
         shall be paid pursuant to the terms hereof.

     3.  The liability of Universal International and/or Universal Re-Insurance
         Company Limited to the Insured; i.e., each and every holder of a
         Certificate of Warranty shall be in strict accordance with the terms,
         conditions and provisions of the Certificate of Warranty attached
         hereto as Exhibit A.  Anything contained herein to the contrary
         notwithstanding, Universal International and/or Universal Re-
         Insurance Company Limited shall have no obligations, liabilities or
         responsibilities hereunder to the individual holders of Certificates
         of Warranty or any other party claiming thereunder other than as set
         forth in Exhibit A which limits the liability of Universal
         International to funds in the Custodial Account (identified in
         paragraph 4 below).

     4.  The Premium for the coverage is composed of the Deposit Premium and
         the Additional Premium.  On or before March 20, 1995, Fretter, Inc.,
         shall pay Two Hundred Thousand ($200,000.00) Dollars in initial
         installment of the Additional Premiums to the Custodial Account and a





                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>   2

         Deposit Premium of Nine Hundred Thousand ($900,000.00) Dollars to
         Universal International.  In the second and subsequent years of the
         Policy, the Deposit Premium will be Six Hundred Thousand ($600,000.00)
         Dollars payable on or before the annual anniversary of this Policy of
         Insurance.

         In addition to the foregoing, the Insured shall be solely responsible
         for the payment of any excise taxes or other taxes attributable to
         and/or due and owing upon the Premium, whether to the United States
         government or to any State.  Universal International shall not prepare
         or file any tax returns or reports, all of which shall be the
         responsibility of the Insured.

     5.  All premiums payable to Universal International (except for the
         Deposit Premium) shall be deposited into a Custodial Account for the
         benefit of the Insured and maintained with Comerica Bank-Detroit (the
         "Custodial Account").  The Custodial Account shall be governed by a
         written agreement which shall provide that the Custodial Account shall
         be used solely for the payment of expenses attributable to this Master
         Policy as more fully detailed and specified in said Custodial Account
         Agreement.  In the event the Master Policy is terminated other than by
         the election of Universal International, however, Universal
         International shall be paid from the Custodial Account (i) a one-time
         administration fee in the amount of Seventy Five Thousand ($75,000.00)
         Dollars plus Twenty Five Thousand ($25,000.00) Dollars for each full
         or partial year from and after the effective date up to a maximum
         total amount of One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand ($175,000.00)
         Dollars, and (ii) in the event that this agreement is terminated prior
         to November 1, 1997, a one-time termination fee of Three Hundred
         Thousand ($300,000.00) Dollars.  The premiums payable to Universal
         International into the Custodial Account shall be invested by the
         Custodian thereof at the direction of Universal International in
         accordance with written investment procedures outlined in the
         Custodial Agreement.

     6.  This Master Policy may be terminated by either party sending written
         notice to the other party, said cancellation to take place thirty (30)
         days after receipt of notice of cancellation.  Notice of Cancellation
         shall be sent by a recognized overnight delivery service with return
         receipt requested addressed to the parties as follows (or to a
         substitute address that the other party shall have notice of the
         substitute address):

                  Fretter, Inc. Consumer Protection Plan
                  12501 Grand River Avenue
                  Brighton, MI 48116





                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>   3

                  Attn:  Don Bauer

                  Universal International Re-Insurance Ltd.
                  Windsor Place, 18 Queen Street
                  Hamilton H.M. 11, Bermuda

         In the event that there is a cessation of the payment of premiums as
         required herein, this Master Policy shall be deemed to be terminated
         by the Insured.

     7.  This Master Policy may not be amended, modified or changed other than
         by a written agreement signed by a representative of the Insured and
         Universal International.  This Master Policy is intended to
         incorporate all prior agreements and understandings, whether written
         or oral.

     8.  This Master Policy is written for the benefit of the Insured, i.e.,
         each holder of a Certificate of Warranty issued pursuant to and under
         the terms of this Master Policy, and is not intended for and shall not
         inure to the benefit of any other party or entity.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Universal International Re-Insurance Ltd. has caused
this Master Policy to be signed to become effective upon the effective date,
year and time noted above.

                                      UNIVERSAL INTERNATIONAL
                                      RE-INSURANCE LTD.


                                      BY:_______________________________________

                                         ITS:___________________________________





                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>   4

                   UNIVERSAL INTERNATIONAL RE-INSURANCE LTD.
                              (HAMILTON, BERMUDA)

              CONSUMER PROTECTION PLAN MASTER POLICY OF INSURANCE

                                  DECLARATIONS


Item 1.       NAMED INSURED AND ADDRESS:

              Customers of Fretter, Inc., Silo, Inc., Fred Schmid Appliance and
              T. V. Company, and Dash Concepts, Inc. (collectively "Fretter")
              as reported as required herein to Universal International
              Re-Insurance Ltd. collectively referred to as:

              The Fretter, Inc. Consumer Protection Plan
              12501 Grand River Avenue
              Brighton, Michigan 48116
              (the "Insured")

Item 2.       MASTER POLICY PERIOD:

              Continuous from November 1, 1994 at 12:01 a.m. standard time at
              the mailing address of the Named Insured stated herein until
              canceled in accordance with the terms hereof.

Item 3.       CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE PERIOD:

              Individual Certificates to the customers of Fretter shall be for
              the term and period specified in each individual Certificate.

Item 4.       LIMIT OF INSURANCE:

              Pursuant to the terms of the Consumer Protection Plan Certificate
              (the "Certificate") attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Item 5.       PREMIUM:

              The annual Premium due Universal International Re-Insurance Ltd.
              denominated in U.S. Funds shall be:

              A.  Initial Installment of Additional Premium:  Due and payable
                  in the first (1st) year only in the amount of Two Hundred
                  Thousand ($200,000.00) Dollars.

              B.  Deposit Premium:





                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>   5


                  First policy year:  $900,000.00
                  Second and succeeding policy years:  $600,000.00

                  The Deposit Premium shall be fully earned at the inception of
                  each policy year.

              C.  Additional Premiums shall be payable to Universal
                  International Re-Insurance Ltd. in U.S. funds in accordance
                  with the Premium schedule attached hereto.

Item 6.       PREMIUM PAYMENT:

              The Premium and Initial Installment Premium due Universal
              International Re-Insurance Ltd. shall be paid as follows:

              A.  Deposit Premium for first year is due on March 17, 1995,  and
                  for the second and subsequent years shall be due and payable
                  on the anniversary date.

              B.  Additional Premiums shall be paid into the Custodial Account
                  in accordance with the Premium schedule attached hereto.

VARIOUS PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE MASTER POLICY RESTRICT COVERAGE INCLUDING
THE AGGREGATE LIMIT OF LIABILITY.  READ THE ENTIRE MASTER POLICY CAREFULLY TO
DETERMINE RIGHTS, DUTIES AND COVERAGES PROVIDED BY THE MASTER POLICY.



__________________________               ____________________________________ 
Date                                     Authorized Representative





                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23










                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                                      



We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-56307) of Fretter, Inc. of our
report dated April 28, 1995 appearing on page 30 of this Form 10-K.




Price Waterhouse LLP
Detroit, Michigan 48243
May 1, 1995


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<CURRENCY> U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                              FEB-1-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               JAN-31-1995
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                      1
<CASH>                                          13,787
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   24,058
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    207,066
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               254,709
<PP&E>                                         111,985
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 468,608
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          162,070
<BONDS>                                        105,161
<COMMON>                                           106
                           40,800
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                      34,253
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   468,608
<SALES>                                        858,849
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               858,849
<CGS>                                          630,435
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  630,435
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               210,128
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               9,721
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  8,565
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,500
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              6,065
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     3,665
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .35
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .35
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission